]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
New directory
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
82
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
85
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123
124 \(fn)" t nil)
125
126 ;;;***
127 \f
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16055 8591))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
146
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148
149 ;;;***
150 \f
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
182
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
184
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
207
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
220
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
224
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
234
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245
246 \(fn)" t nil)
247
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
272
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
278
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286
287 \(fn)" t nil)
288
289 ;;;***
290 \f
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16066
293 ;;;;;; 53440))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
306
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387
388 ;;;***
389 \f
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
402
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
406
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
411
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
425
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
433
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
446
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
456
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
466
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471
472 \(fn)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480 \f
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16066 53439))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
496
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
508
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
511
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513
514 ;;;***
515 \f
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
533
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
537
538 ;;;***
539 \f
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
543
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
551
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
553
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
557
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
559
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
562
563 \(fn)" t nil)
564
565 ;;;***
566 \f
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573
574 \(fn)" t nil)
575
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590
591 ;;;***
592 \f
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
603
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
608
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613
614 \(fn)" t nil)
615
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
619
620 \(fn)" t nil)
621
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
627
628 ;;;***
629 \f
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
640
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
655
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
665
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
667
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
670
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
672
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
676
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
678
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
682
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
684
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687
688 \(fn)" t nil)
689
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
703
704 ;;;***
705 \f
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16174 61084))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
710
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
713
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
715
716 \(fn)" t nil)
717
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
722
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
731
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
755
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768 \f
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16111
770 ;;;;;; 41824))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
783
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
785
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787
788 ;;;***
789 \f
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
795
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
811
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
819
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
826
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
844
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
852
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856
857 \(fn)" t nil)
858
859 ;;;***
860 \f
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16162
862 ;;;;;; 11943))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869
870 How to quit artist mode
871
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873
874
875 How to submit a bug report
876
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878
879
880 Drawing with the mouse:
881
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
886
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
890
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
924
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
930
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
934
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
947
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
950
951
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954
955
956 Settings
957
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970
971
972 Drawing with keys
973
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
980
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991
992
993 Arrows
994
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
997
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1000
1001
1002 Selecting operation
1003
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026
1027
1028 Variables
1029
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052
1053 Hooks
1054
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057
1058
1059 Keymap summary
1060
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066 \f
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131
1068 ;;;;;; 19792))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1090
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1092
1093 ;;;***
1094 \f
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1101
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1106
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108
1109 ;;;***
1110 \f
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1159
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163
1164 ;;;***
1165 \f
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1186
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211
1212 ;;;***
1213 \f
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1235
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1243
1244 ;;;***
1245 \f
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 43199))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1281
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289 \f
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 32214))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1326
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328
1329 ;;;***
1330 \f
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340
1341 For example:
1342
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353
1354 ;;;***
1355 \f
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36786))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1373
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377 \f
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408
1409 ;;;***
1410 \f
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16136
1412 ;;;;;; 53059))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1435
1436
1437 Special information:
1438
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1462
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1497
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1501
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1505
1506 ;;;***
1507 \f
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941
1516 ;;;;;; 42963))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522
1523 What is blackbox?
1524
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1531
1532 Overview of play:
1533
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1537
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1540
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553
1554 Details:
1555
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1573
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1581
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1584
1585 1
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1594 2 3
1595
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1598
1599
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1616
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1630
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634 \f
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (16174 61084))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1645
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1652 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1665
1666 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1667 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1668 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1669 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1670 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1671 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1672 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1673 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1674 recent one.
1675
1676 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1677 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1678 yank successive words.
1679
1680 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1681 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1682 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1683 name of the file being visited.
1684
1685 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1686 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1687 the list of bookmarks.)
1688
1689 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1690
1691 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1692 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1693 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1694 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1695 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1696 this.
1697
1698 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1699 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1700 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1701 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1702
1703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1706 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1707 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1708 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1709 after a bookmark was set in it.
1710
1711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1712
1713 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1714 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1715 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1716 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1717
1718 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1719
1720 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1721
1722 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1723 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1724 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1725 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1726
1727 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1728 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1729 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1730
1731 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1732 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1733 name.
1734
1735 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1738 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1739 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1740 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1741 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1742 this.
1743
1744 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1745
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1747 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1748 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1749 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1750 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1751 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1752 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1753 probably because we were called from there.
1754
1755 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1758 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1759 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1760
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1764 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1765 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1766 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1767 \(second argument).
1768
1769 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1770 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1771 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1772 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1773 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1774
1775 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1776 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1777 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1778 `bookmark-default-file'.
1779
1780 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1781
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1783 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1784 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1785 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1786 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1787 while loading.
1788
1789 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1790 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1791 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1792 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1793 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1794 explicitly.
1795
1796 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1797 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1798 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1799 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1800
1801 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1802
1803 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1804 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1808
1809 \(fn)" t nil)
1810
1811 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812
1813 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1814
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1816 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1817 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1818 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1819 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1820 this.
1821
1822 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1823 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1824 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1825
1826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1827
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1829 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1833 this.
1834
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1838
1839 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1840
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1842 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1843 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1844
1845 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1846 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1847 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1848
1849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1852 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1853 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1854 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1855 prompts for NEWNAME.
1856 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1857 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1858 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1859
1860 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1861 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1862 name.
1863
1864 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1865 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1866 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1867
1868 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1869
1870 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1871 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1872 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1873 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1874 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1875 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1876
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1880
1881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1882
1883 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1884
1885 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1886 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load]
1887 '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
1888 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write]
1889 '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
1890 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save]
1891 '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
1892 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit]
1893 '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
1894 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete]
1895 '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
1896 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename]
1897 '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
1898 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate]
1899 '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert]
1901 '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set]
1903 '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump]
1905 '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
1906
1907 ;;;***
1908 \f
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1910 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1911 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1912 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1913 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1914 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1915 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1916 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1917 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16174 61085))
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1919
1920 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1921 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1922 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1923 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1924
1925 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1926 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1927 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1928 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1929 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1930
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1932
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1935 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1936 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1937 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1938 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1939
1940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1943 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1944 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1945 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1946 narrowed.
1947
1948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1949
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1951 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1952
1953 \(fn)" t nil)
1954
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1957
1958 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1959
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1961 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1962 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1963 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1964
1965 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1966
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1968 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1969 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1970 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1971
1972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1975 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1976 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1977 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1978 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1979 to use.
1980
1981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1982
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1984 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1985 Default to the URL around or before point.
1986
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1989 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991
1992 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1993 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994
1995 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1996 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1997
1998 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1999
2000 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2001 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2002 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2003 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2004
2005 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2006 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2007 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2008 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2009
2010 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2011 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2012
2013 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2016 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2017 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2018 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2019
2020 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2021 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2022 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2023 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024
2025 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2026 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2027 new tab in an existing window instead.
2028
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2031
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2035 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2036 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2037 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2038
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2041 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2042 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2043
2044 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2045 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2046 new tab in an existing window instead.
2047
2048 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2049 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2050
2051 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2052
2053 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2054 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2055 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2056 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2057
2058 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2059 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2060 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2061 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2062
2063 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2064 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065
2066 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2067
2068 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2069 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2070
2071 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2072 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2073 program is invoked according to the variable
2074 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2075
2076 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2077 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2078 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2079 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2080
2081 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2082 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2083
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2085
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2087 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2089 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2090
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point.
2096
2097 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2098 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2099 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2100
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2103 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2104 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2105
2106 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2107 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2108
2109 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2110
2111 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2112 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2113 Default to the URL around or before point.
2114
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2116
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2119 Default to the URL around or before point.
2120
2121 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2122 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2123 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2124
2125 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2126 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2127
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2132 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2133 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2134
2135 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2138 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2139 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2140 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2141 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2142
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2146 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2147 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2148 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2149
2150 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2151 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2152 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2153 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2154
2155 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2156 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2157
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2161 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2162 Default to the URL around or before point.
2163
2164 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2167 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2168 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2169 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2170 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2171 current one.
2172
2173 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2174 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2175 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2176 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2177
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2180
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2184 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2185 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2186 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2187 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2188 don't offer a form of remote control.
2189
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Default to the URL around or before point.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2197
2198 ;;;***
2199 \f
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830
2201 ;;;;;; 37093))
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2203
2204 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2205 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2206
2207 \(fn)" t nil)
2208
2209 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2210 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2211
2212 \(fn)" nil nil)
2213
2214 ;;;***
2215 \f
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2217 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15731 5408))
2218 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2219
2220 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2221 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2222 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2223 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2224
2225 \(fn)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2228 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2229 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2230 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2231
2232 \(fn)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2235 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2236
2237 \(fn)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2240 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2241 \\<bs-mode-map>
2242 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2243 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2244 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2245 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2246
2247 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2248 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2249 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2250 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2251 name of buffer configuration.
2252
2253 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2254
2255 ;;;***
2256 \f
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2258 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924
2259 ;;;;;; 18767))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2261
2262 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2263 Keymap used by buttons.")
2264
2265 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2266 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2267 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2268
2269 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2270 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2271 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2272 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2273 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2274 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2275
2276 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2277 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2278 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2279 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2280
2281 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2284 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2285 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2286 specifying properties to add to the button.
2287 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2288 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2289 `define-button-type'.
2290
2291 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2292
2293 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2296 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2297 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2298 specifying properties to add to the button.
2299 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2300 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2301 `define-button-type'.
2302
2303 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2304
2305 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2306
2307 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2308 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2309 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2310 specifying properties to add to the button.
2311 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2312 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2313 `define-button-type'.
2314
2315 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2316 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2317 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2318 `make-text-button'.
2319
2320 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2321
2322 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2323
2324 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2325 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2326 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2327 specifying properties to add to the button.
2328 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2329 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2330 `define-button-type'.
2331
2332 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2333 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2334 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2335 `insert-text-button'.
2336
2337 Also see `make-text-button'.
2338
2339 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2340
2341 ;;;***
2342 \f
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2344 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2345 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2346 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2347 ;;;;;; (16136 53055))
2348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2349
2350 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2351 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2352 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2353
2354 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2357 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2358 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2359 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2360
2361 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2362 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2363 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2364 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2365 whether to compile it.
2366
2367 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2368
2369 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2370 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2371
2372 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2375 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2376 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2377 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2378 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2379
2380 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2384 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2385 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2386
2387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2390 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2391 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2392
2393 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2394
2395 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2396 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2397 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2398 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2399 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2400 all functions called by those functions.
2401
2402 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2403 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2404 cons, etc.).
2405
2406 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2407 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2408 invoked interactively.
2409
2410 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2413 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2414 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2415 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2416
2417 \(fn)" nil nil)
2418
2419 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2420 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2421 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2422 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2423 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2424 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2425 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2426 already up-to-date.
2427
2428 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2429
2430 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2431 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2432 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2433 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2434
2435 \(fn)" nil nil)
2436
2437 ;;;***
2438 \f
2439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2441
2442 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2443
2444 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2445
2446 ;;;***
2447 \f
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2449 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2451
2452 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2453 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2454 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2455 from the cursor position.
2456
2457 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2458
2459 ;;;***
2460 \f
2461 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2462 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2463 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941
2464 ;;;;;; 42957))
2465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2466
2467 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2468 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2469
2470 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2471 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2472
2473 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2474 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2475 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2476 If nil, use original installation directory.
2477 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2478
2479 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2480 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2481
2482 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2483 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2484
2485 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2486 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2487 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2488
2489 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2490 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2491
2492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2495 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2496
2497 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2500 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2501
2502 \(fn)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2505 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2506
2507 \(fn)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2510 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2511 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2512 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2513
2514 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2517 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2518 This is most useful in the X window system.
2519 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2520 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2521
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2525 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2526 See calc-keypad for details.
2527
2528 \(fn)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2531 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2532
2533 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2536 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2537
2538 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2539
2540 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2541 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2542
2543 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2546 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2547 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2548
2549 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2550
2551 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2552 Not documented
2553
2554 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2555
2556 ;;;***
2557 \f
2558 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2559 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2561
2562 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2563 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2564
2565 \(fn)" nil nil)
2566
2567 ;;;***
2568 \f
2569 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941
2570 ;;;;;; 42951))
2571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2572
2573 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2574 Run the Emacs calculator.
2575 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2576
2577 \(fn)" t nil)
2578
2579 ;;;***
2580 \f
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2582 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2583 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2584 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2585 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2586 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2587 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2588 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2589 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2590 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2591 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2592 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2593 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2594 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2595 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2596 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2597 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2599
2600 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2601 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2602 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2603
2604 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2605
2606 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2607 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2608 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2609 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2610 the screen.")
2611
2612 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2613
2614 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2615 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2616 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2617 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2618 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2619
2620 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2621
2622 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2623 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2624 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2625 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2626 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2627 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2628 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2629
2630 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2631 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2632 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2633 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2634 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2635
2636 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2637 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2638 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2639
2640 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2641
2642 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2643 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2644 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2645
2646 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2647
2648 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2649 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2650 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2651
2652 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2653
2654 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2655 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2656 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2657 displayed.")
2658
2659 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2660
2661 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2662 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2663 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2664
2665 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2666
2667 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2668 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2669 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2670
2671 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2672
2673 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2674
2675 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2676 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2677 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2678
2679 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2680 calendar.")
2681
2682 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2683
2684 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2685 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2686 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2687
2688 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2689 calendar.")
2690
2691 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2692
2693 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2694 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2695 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2696
2697 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2698
2699 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2700 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2701 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2702 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2703 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2704
2705 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2706
2707 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2709 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2710 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2711 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2712 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2713 a function is also provided for this:
2714 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2715
2716 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2717 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2718 date is not visible in the window.
2719
2720 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2721 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2722 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2723
2724 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2725
2726 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2727 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2728
2729 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2730 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2731 date is visible in the window.
2732
2733 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2734 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2735 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2736
2737 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2738
2739 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2740 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2741
2742 For example,
2743
2744 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2745
2746 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2747
2748 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2749
2750 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2751 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2752
2753 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2754 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2755
2756 MONTH/DAY
2757 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2758 MONTHNAME DAY
2759 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2760 DAYNAME
2761
2762 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2763 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2764 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2765 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2766 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2767 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2768 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2769 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2770 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2771 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2772 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2773 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2774 in every week.
2775
2776 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2777 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2778 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2779 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2780
2781 DAY/MONTH
2782 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2783 DAY MONTHNAME
2784 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2785 DAYNAME
2786
2787 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2788 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2789
2790 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2791 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2792 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2793 window but will appear in a diary window.
2794
2795 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2796 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2797
2798 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2799 entries (in the default American style):
2800
2801 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2802 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2803 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2804 21: Payday
2805 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2806 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2807 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2808 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2809 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2810 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2811 &* 15 time cards due.
2812
2813 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2814 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2815 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2816 single diary entry
2817
2818 02/11/1989
2819 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2820 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2821 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2822 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2823 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2824 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2825
2826 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2827 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2828 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2829
2830 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2831
2832 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2833
2834 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2835 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2836 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2837 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2838 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2839 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2840 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2841 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2842 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2843
2844 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2845 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2846 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2847 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2848 for these functions for details.
2849
2850 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2851 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2852
2853 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2854
2855 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2856 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2857
2858 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2859
2860 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2861 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2862
2863 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2864
2865 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2866 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2867
2868 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2869
2870 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2871 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2872 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2873
2874 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2875
2876 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2877 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2878 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2879
2880 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2881
2882 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2883 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2884 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2885 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2886
2887 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2888
2889 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2890 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2891 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2892 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2893 are
2894
2895 DAY/MONTH
2896 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2897 DAY MONTHNAME
2898 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2899 DAYNAME
2900
2901 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2902 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2903 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2904
2905 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2906
2907 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2908 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2909 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2910
2911 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2912
2913 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2914 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2915 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2916
2917 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2918
2919 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2920 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2921 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2922
2923 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2924
2925 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2926 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2927 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2930
2931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2937
2938 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2939
2940 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2941 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2942 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2943
2944 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2945 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2946 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2947 of the form
2948
2949 #include \"filename\"
2950
2951 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2952 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2953 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2954 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2955 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2956
2957 For example, you could use
2958
2959 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2960 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2961 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2962
2963 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2964 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2965 lexicographic order.")
2966
2967 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2968
2969 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2970 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2971 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2972
2973 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2974
2975 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2976 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2977 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2978 diary display.
2979
2980 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2981 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2982 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2983 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2984 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2985 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2986 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2987
2988 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2989 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2990 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2991 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2992 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2993 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2994 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2995 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2996
2997 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2998
2999 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3000 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3001 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3002 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3003 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3004 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3007
3008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3010
3011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3012 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3014 of the form
3015 #include \"filename\"
3016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3021
3022 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3023
3024 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3025 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3026 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3027 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3028 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3029 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3030
3031 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3032
3033 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3034 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3035 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3036 are holidays.")
3037
3038 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3039
3040 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3041 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3042 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3043 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3044 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3045
3046 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3047
3048 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3049
3050 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3051 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3053
3054 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3055
3056 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3057
3058 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3059 *Oriental holidays.
3060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3063
3064 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3065
3066 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3067 *Local holidays.
3068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3069
3070 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3071
3072 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3073
3074 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3075 *User defined holidays.
3076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3077
3078 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3079
3080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3081
3082 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3083
3084 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3085
3086 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3087
3088 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3089
3090 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3091
3092 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3093
3094 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3095
3096 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3097
3098 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3099 *Jewish holidays.
3100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3101
3102 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3103
3104 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3105
3106 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3107 *Christian holidays.
3108 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3109
3110 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3111
3112 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3113
3114 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3115 *Islamic holidays.
3116 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3117
3118 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3119
3120 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3121
3122 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3123 *Sun-related holidays.
3124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3125
3126 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3127
3128 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3129
3130 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3131 The frame set up of the calendar.
3132 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3133 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3134 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3135 any other value the current frame is used.")
3136
3137 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3138 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3139 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3140
3141 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3142 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3143
3144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3145
3146 ;;;***
3147 \f
3148 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3149 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3150 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
3151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3152
3153 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3154 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3155 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3156 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3157 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3158 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3159 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3162
3163 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3171
3172 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3173 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3175 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3176 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3177 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3178
3179 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3180
3181 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3182 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3183
3184 Key bindings:
3185 \\{c-mode-map}
3186
3187 \(fn)" t nil)
3188
3189 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3190 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3191
3192 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3193 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3194 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3195 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3196 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3197 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3198 message.
3199
3200 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3201
3202 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3203 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3204
3205 Key bindings:
3206 \\{c++-mode-map}
3207
3208 \(fn)" t nil)
3209
3210 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3211 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3213
3214 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3215 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3216 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3217 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3218 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3219 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3220 message.
3221
3222 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3223
3224 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3225 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3226
3227 Key bindings:
3228 \\{objc-mode-map}
3229
3230 \(fn)" t nil)
3231
3232 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3233 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3235
3236 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3237 Major mode for editing Java code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3240 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3241 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3242 message.
3243
3244 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245
3246 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3247 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3248
3249 Key bindings:
3250 \\{java-mode-map}
3251
3252 \(fn)" t nil)
3253
3254 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3255 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3257
3258 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3261 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{idl-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275
3276 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3279 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3280
3281 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3284 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 message.
3288
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3293
3294 Key bindings:
3295 \\{pike-mode-map}
3296
3297 \(fn)" t nil)
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3303 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3304
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3308 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775))
3309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3310
3311 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3312 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3313 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3314 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3315 for details of setting up styles.
3316
3317 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3318 style name.
3319
3320 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3321 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3322 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3323 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3324 will be reassigned.
3325
3326 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3327 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3328 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3329 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3330 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3331 default).
3332
3333 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3334 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3335 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3336 when used elsewhere.
3337
3338 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3339
3340 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3341 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3342 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3343 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3344
3345 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3346
3347 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3348 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3349 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3350
3351 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3352
3353 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3354 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3355 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3356 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3357 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3358
3359 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3360
3361 ;;;***
3362 \f
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3364 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3365 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3367
3368 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3369 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3370
3371 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3372
3373 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3374 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3375
3376 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3377
3378 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3379 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3380
3381 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3382 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3383 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3384 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3385 execution.
3386
3387 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3388
3389 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3390
3391 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3392 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3393
3394 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3395 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3396 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3397 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3398
3399 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3400 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3401 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3402 `write' commands.
3403
3404 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3405 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3406 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3407 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3408
3409 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3410 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3411 semantics.
3412
3413 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3414
3415 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3416
3417 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3418
3419 STATEMENT :=
3420 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3421 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3422
3423 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3424 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3425 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3426 | integer
3427
3428 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3429
3430 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3431 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3432 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3433
3434 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3435 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3436 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3437
3438 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3439 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3440
3441 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3442 BREAK := (break)
3443
3444 REPEAT :=
3445 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3446 (repeat)
3447 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3448 ;; (repeat))
3449 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3450 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3451 ;; (read REG)
3452 ;; (repeat))
3453 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3454 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3455 ;; (read REG)
3456 ;; (repeat))
3457 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3458
3459 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3460 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3461 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3462 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3463 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3464 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3465 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3466 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3467 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3468 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3469 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3470 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3471 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3472 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3473 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3474 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3475
3476 WRITE :=
3477 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3478 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3479 ;; representation.
3480 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3481 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3482 ;; (write r7))
3483 | (write EXPRESSION)
3484 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3485 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3486 ;; representation.
3487 | (write integer)
3488 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3489 ;; buffer.
3490 | (write string)
3491 ;; Same as: (write string)
3492 | string
3493 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3494 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3495 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3496 ;; representation.
3497 | (write REG ARRAY)
3498 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3499 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3500 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3501 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3502 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3503 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3504
3505 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3506 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3507
3508 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3509 END := (end)
3510
3511 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3512 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3513 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3514
3515 ARG := REG | integer
3516
3517 OPERATOR :=
3518 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3519 + | - | * | / | %
3520
3521 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3522 | & | `|' | ^
3523
3524 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3525 | << | >>
3526
3527 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3528 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3529 | <8
3530
3531 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3532 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3533 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3534 | >8
3535
3536 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3537 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3538 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3539 | //
3540
3541 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3543
3544 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3545 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3546 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3547 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3548 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3549 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3550 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3551 | de-sjis
3552
3553 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3554 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3555 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3558 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3559 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3560 ;; byte of SJIS.
3561 | en-sjis
3562
3563 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Same meaning as C code
3565 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3566
3567 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3568 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3569 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3570 | <8=
3571
3572 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3573 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3574 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3575
3576 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3577 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3578 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3579 | //=
3580
3581 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3582
3583
3584 TRANSLATE :=
3585 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3586 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3587 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3588 LOOKUP :=
3589 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3590 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3591 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3592 MAP :=
3593 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3594 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3595 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3596 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3597 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3598 MAP-ID := integer
3599
3600 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3601
3602 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3603 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3604 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3605 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3606 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3607 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3608
3609 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3610
3611 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3612 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3613 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3614
3615 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3616
3617 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3618
3619 ;;;***
3620 \f
3621 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3622 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3631
3632 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3633 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3634 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3635 the users will view as each check is completed.
3636
3637 \(fn)" t nil)
3638
3639 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3640 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3641 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3642 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3643 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3644 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3645 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3646 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3647
3648 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3649
3650 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3651 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3652 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3653 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3654 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3655 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3656 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3657 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3658
3659 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3660
3661 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3662 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3663 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3664 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3665 spacing are all verified.
3666
3667 \(fn)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3671 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3672 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3673 otherwise stop after the first error.
3674
3675 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676
3677 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3678 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3679 Only documentation strings are checked.
3680 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3681 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3682 a separate buffer.
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3688 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3689 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3690 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3691
3692 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3695 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3697 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3698 if there is one.
3699
3700 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3701
3702 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3703 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3704 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3705 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3706 if there is one.
3707 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3708
3709 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3713 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3714
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3718 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3719 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3720 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3721 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3722
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3724
3725 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3726 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3727 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3728 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3729 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3730 space at the end of each line.
3731
3732 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3736 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3737 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3738
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3742 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3743 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3744 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3745
3746 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3750 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3752
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3757 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3758 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3759
3760 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3761
3762 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3763 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3764 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3765 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3766
3767 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3768
3769 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3770 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3771 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3772 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3773
3774 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3778 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3779 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3780
3781 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3782
3783 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3785 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3787
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3791 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3792 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3794
3795 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3798 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3799 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3800
3801 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3802 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3803 checking of documentation strings.
3804
3805 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3806
3807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3808
3809 ;;;***
3810 \f
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3812 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16118
3813 ;;;;;; 44435))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3815
3816 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3817 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3818 Return the length of resulting text.
3819
3820 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3823 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3824
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3828 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3829 Return the length of resulting text.
3830
3831 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3832
3833 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3834 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3835
3836 \(fn)" t nil)
3837
3838 ;;;***
3839 \f
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3841 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15878 5274))
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3843
3844 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3845 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3846 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3847 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3848 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3849 editing and the result is evaluated.
3850
3851 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3852
3853 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3854 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3855 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3856 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3857 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3858
3859 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3860
3861 \(fn)" t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3864 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3865 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3866 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3867 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3868
3869 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3870 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3871 \\{command-history-map}
3872
3873 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3874 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 ;;;***
3879 \f
3880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273))
3881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3882
3883 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3884 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3885 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3886 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3887 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3888 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3889
3890 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3891 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3892
3893 ;;;***
3894 \f
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3896 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
3897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3898
3899 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3900 Not documented
3901
3902 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3903
3904 ;;;***
3905 \f
3906 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3907 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
3908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3909
3910 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3911 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3912 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3913 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3914
3915 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3916 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3917 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3918
3919 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3920 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3921
3922 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3923
3924 ;;;***
3925 \f
3926 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941
3927 ;;;;;; 42951))
3928 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3929
3930 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3931 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3932 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3933 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3934 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3935 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3936 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3937
3938 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3939 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3940
3941 ;;;***
3942 \f
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3944 ;;;;;; (16121 18697))
3945 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3946
3947 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3948 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3949 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3950 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3951 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3952 ?* is used.
3953
3954 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3955
3956 ;;;***
3957 \f
3958 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3959 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3960 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15941 42961))
3961 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3962
3963 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3964 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3965 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3966 ASCII table.
3967
3968 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3969 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3970 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3971 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3972
3973 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3974
3975 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3976 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3977 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3978
3979 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3980
3981 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3982 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3983 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3984
3985 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3988 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3989 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3990
3991 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3994 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3995
3996 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3997 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3998 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3999
4000 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4001 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4002
4003 \(fn)" nil nil)
4004
4005 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4006 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4007
4008 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4009 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4010 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4011
4012 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4017 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4018 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4019 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4021
4022 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4023 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4024 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4025 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4026 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4027 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4028 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4029 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4030
4031 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4032
4033 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4034
4035 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4036 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4037 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4038 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4039 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4040 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4041 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4042 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4043
4044 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4045
4046 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4047
4048 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4049 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4050 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4051 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4052 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4053 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4054
4055 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4056
4057 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4058 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4059 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4060
4061 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4062
4063 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4064
4065 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4066 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4067 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4068
4069 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4070
4071 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4074 Send COMMAND to current process.
4075 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4076 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4077
4078 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4079
4080 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4081 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4082 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4083 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4084
4085 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4086
4087 ;;;***
4088 \f
4089 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678
4090 ;;;;;; 51462))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4092
4093 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4094 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4095 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4096 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4097
4098 This command pushes the mark in each window
4099 at the prior location of point in that window.
4100 If both windows display the same buffer,
4101 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4102 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4103
4104 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4105 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4106 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4107
4108 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4109
4110 ;;;***
4111 \f
4112 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4113 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4114 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4115 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16167 21090))
4116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4117
4118 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4119 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4120
4121 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4122
4123 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4124 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4125
4126 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4127
4128 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4129 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4130 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4131 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4132 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4133
4134 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4135 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4136 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4137 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4138 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4139
4140 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4141 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4142 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4143 describing how the process finished.")
4144
4145 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4146 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4147 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4148 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4149
4150 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4151 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4152 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4153
4154 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4155
4156 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4157 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4158 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4159 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4160
4161 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4162
4163 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4164 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4165 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4166 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4167
4168 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4169 and move to the source code that caused it.
4170
4171 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4172 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4173
4174 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4175 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4176 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4177 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4178 subprocesses.
4179
4180 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4181 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4182 to a function that generates a unique name.
4183
4184 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4185
4186 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4187 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4188 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4189 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4190 where grep found matches.
4191
4192 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4193 easily repeat a grep command.
4194
4195 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4196 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4197 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4198 if that history list is empty).
4199
4200 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4201
4202 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4203 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4204 Collect output in a buffer.
4205 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4206 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4207
4208 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4209 easily repeat a find command.
4210
4211 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4212
4213 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4214 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4215 Collect output in a buffer.
4216 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4217 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4218 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4219 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4220 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4221
4222 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4223 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4224
4225 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4226 easily repeat a find command.
4227
4228 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4229 those sub directories of DIR.
4230
4231 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4234 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4235 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4236 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4237 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4238
4239 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4240
4241 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4244 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4245 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4246 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4247 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4248 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4249 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4250
4251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4252
4253 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4254 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4255 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4256 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4257 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4258 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4259
4260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4261
4262 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4263 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4264
4265 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4266 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4267
4268 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4269 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4270 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4271 and start at the first error.
4272
4273 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4274 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4275 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4276 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4277 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4278 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4279
4280 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4281 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4282 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4283
4284 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4285 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4286
4287 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4288 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4289
4290 ;;;***
4291 \f
4292 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4293 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4295
4296 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4297 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4298 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4300 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4301
4302 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4303
4304 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4305 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4306 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4307
4308 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4309 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4310 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4311 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4312
4313 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4314 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4315 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4316 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4317
4318 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4319 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4320 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4321 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4322
4323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4324
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4328 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4330
4331 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4332 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4333
4334 \(fn)" t nil)
4335
4336 ;;;***
4337 \f
4338 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4339 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4340 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4341 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4343
4344 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4345 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4346 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4347 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4348 `make-composition'.
4349
4350 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4351
4352 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4353 | | 1:tc or top-center
4354 | | 2:tr or top-right
4355 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4356 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4357 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4358 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4359 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4360 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4361
4362 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4363 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4364 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4365 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4366 be added.
4367
4368 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4369 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4370 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4371
4372 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4373 | | |
4374 | global| |
4375 | glyph | |
4376 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4377 +----+--*--+
4378 | | new |
4379 | |glyph|
4380 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4381 ")
4382
4383 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4384 Compose characters in the current region.
4385
4386 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4387 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4388
4389 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4390
4391 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4392 specifying the region.
4393
4394 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4395 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4396 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4397
4398 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4399 of the text in the region.
4400
4401 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4402
4403 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4404 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4405 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4406 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4407
4408 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4409 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4410 detail.
4411
4412 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4413 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4414 text in the composition.
4415
4416 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4417
4418 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4419 Decompose text in the current region.
4420
4421 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4422 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4423
4424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4425
4426 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4427 Compose characters in string STRING.
4428
4429 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4430 the characters in it.
4431
4432 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4433 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4434 STRING respectively.
4435
4436 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4437 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4438 `compose-region' for more detail.
4439
4440 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4441 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4442 text in the composition.
4443
4444 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4445
4446 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4447 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4448
4449 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4450
4451 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4452 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4453 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4454 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4455 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4456 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4457 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4458 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4459
4460 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4461
4462 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4463 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4464
4465 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4466 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4467
4468 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4469 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4470
4471 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4472 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4473
4474 If no composition is found, return nil.
4475
4476 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4477 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4478
4479 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4480 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4481 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4482
4483 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4484
4485 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4486
4487 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4488 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4489 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4490
4491 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4492
4493 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4494
4495 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4496
4497 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4498 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4499
4500 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4501 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4502 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4503 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4504 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4505 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4506 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4507 nil.
4508
4509 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4510 is:
4511 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4512 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4513
4514 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4515
4516 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4517 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4518
4519 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4520
4521 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4522
4523 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4524 Compose last characters.
4525 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4526 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4527 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4528 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4529 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4530 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4531 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4532 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4533 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4534 after a sequence character events.
4535
4536 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4537 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4538
4539 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4540 Convert CHAR to string.
4541
4542 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4543 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4544 vector of CHAR respectively.
4545 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4546
4547 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4548
4549 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4550
4551 ;;;***
4552 \f
4553 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4554 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15366 772))
4555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4556
4557 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4558 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4559 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4560 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4561
4562 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4563
4564 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4565 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4566 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4567 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4568
4569 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4570
4571 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4572 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4573 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4574 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4575
4576 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4577
4578 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4579 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4580
4581 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4582
4583 ;;;***
4584 \f
4585 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4586 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
4587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4588
4589 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4590 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4591 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4592 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4593 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4594 following the copyright are updated as well.
4595 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4596 interactively.
4597
4598 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4599
4600 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4601 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4602
4603 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4604
4605 ;;;***
4606 \f
4607 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4608 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4610
4611 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4612 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4613 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4614 Tab indents for Perl code.
4615 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4617
4618 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4619 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4620 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4621 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4622 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4623 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4624 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4625 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4626 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4627 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4628 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4629 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4630
4631 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4632
4633 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4634 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4635
4636 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4637
4638 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4639 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4640 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4641 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4642 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4643 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4644 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4645 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4646 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4647
4648 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4649
4650 bite if angry;
4651
4652 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4653 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4654 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4655 to nil.)
4656
4657 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4658 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4659 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4660
4661 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4662
4663 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4664 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4665 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4666 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4667 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4668
4669 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4670
4671 if (A) { B }
4672
4673 into
4674
4675 B if A;
4676
4677 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4678
4679 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4680 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4681 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4682 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4683 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4684 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4685 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4686 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4687 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4688 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4689 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4690 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4691 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4692
4693 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4694 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4695 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4696 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4697 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4698 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4699
4700 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4701 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4702 man via menu.
4703
4704 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4705 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4706 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4707 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4708 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4709
4710 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4711 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4712 span the needed amount of lines.
4713
4714 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4715 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4716 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4717 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4718
4719 Variables controlling indentation style:
4720 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4721 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4722 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4723 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4724 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4725 `cperl-auto-newline'
4726 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4727 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4728 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4729 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4730 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4731 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4732 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4733 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4734 `cperl-indent-level'
4735 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4736 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4737 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4738 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4739 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4740 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4741 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4742 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4743 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4744 `cperl-brace-offset'
4745 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4746 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4747 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4748 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4749 `cperl-label-offset'
4750 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4751 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4752 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4753
4754 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4755 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4756 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4757 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4758 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4759
4760 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4761 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4762 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4763 \(both available from menu).
4764
4765 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4766 column 0 is indented on
4767 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4768
4769 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4770 with no args.
4771
4772 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4773 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4774 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4775
4776 \(fn)" t nil)
4777
4778 ;;;***
4779 \f
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4781 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4783
4784 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4785 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4786 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4787 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4788 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4789
4790 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4791
4792 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4793 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4794
4795 \(fn)" t nil)
4796
4797 ;;;***
4798 \f
4799 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4800 ;;;;;; (16012 41367))
4801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4802
4803 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4804 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4805 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4806 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4807
4808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4809 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4810
4811 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4812
4813 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4814 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4815 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4816
4817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4818
4819 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4820
4821 ;;;***
4822 \f
4823 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4824 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
4825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4826
4827 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4828 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4829 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4830 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4831
4832 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4833 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4834 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4835 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4836
4837 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4838 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4839 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4840
4841 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4842 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4843 'bob', and 'eve'.
4844
4845 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4846 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4847 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4848
4849 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4850
4851 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4852 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4853 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4854
4855 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4856
4857 ;;;***
4858 \f
4859 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4860 ;;;;;; 41830))
4861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4862
4863 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4864 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4865 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4867 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4868
4869 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4870
4871 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4872 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4873 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4874 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4875 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4876 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4877
4878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4879 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4880 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4881 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4882 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4883 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4884 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4885 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4886 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4887
4888 ;;;***
4889 \f
4890 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4891 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4892 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4893 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4894 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4895 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4896 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4897 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4898 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824))
4899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4900 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4901
4902 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4903 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4904
4905 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4906 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4907
4908 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4909 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4910
4911 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4912
4913 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4914
4915 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4916 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4917 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4918
4919 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4920 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4921
4922 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4923 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4924
4925 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4926 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4927
4928 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4929 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4930
4931 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4932
4933 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4936 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4937 Return VALUE.
4938
4939 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4940 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4941
4942 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4943 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4944
4945 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4946 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4947
4948 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4949 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4950
4951 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4952
4953 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4954
4955 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4956 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4957 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4958 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4959 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4960
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4962
4963 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4964 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4965 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4966 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4967
4968 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4969
4970 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4971 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4972
4973 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4974
4975 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4977
4978 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4979
4980 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4981
4982 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4983 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4984
4985 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4986
4987 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4988
4989 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4990 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4991 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4992
4993 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4994
4995 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4997 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4998 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4999 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5000
5001 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5002 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5003 version.
5004
5005 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5006
5007 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5008 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5009 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5010
5011 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5012 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5013
5014 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5015
5016 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5017 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5018
5019 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5020 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5021
5022 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023
5024 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5025 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5026
5027 \(fn)" t nil)
5028
5029 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5030 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5031
5032 \(fn)" t nil)
5033
5034 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5035 Customize all already saved user options.
5036
5037 \(fn)" t nil)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5041 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5042 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5043 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5044 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5045 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5046
5047 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5051 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5052
5053 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5054
5055 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5056 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5057
5058 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5061 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5062
5063 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5064
5065 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5066 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5067 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5068 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5069 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5070 that option.
5071
5072 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5073
5074 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5075 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5076 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5077 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5078 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5079 that option.
5080
5081 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5082
5083 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5084 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5085
5086 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5087
5088 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5089 File used for storing customization information.
5090 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5091 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5092 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5093
5094 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5095 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5096 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5097 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5098
5099 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5100
5101 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5102 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5103
5104 \(fn)" t nil)
5105
5106 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5107 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5108
5109 \(fn)" nil nil)
5110
5111 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5112 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5113 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5114
5115 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5116
5117 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5118 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5119 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5120 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5121 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5122
5123 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5124
5125 ;;;***
5126 \f
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5128 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5129 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5131
5132 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5133 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5134
5135 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5136
5137 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5138 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5139 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5140 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5141
5142 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5143
5144 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5145 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5146 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5147 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5148 between themes and faces.
5149 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5150
5151 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5152 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5153
5154 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5155
5156 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5157 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5158 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5159 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5160 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5161
5162 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5165 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5166 Associate this setting with THEME.
5167
5168 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5169
5170 (FACE TO-THEME)
5171
5172 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5173
5174 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5175
5176 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5177 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5178 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5179
5180 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5181
5182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5183
5184 ;;;***
5185 \f
5186 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5187 ;;;;;; (16136 53053))
5188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5189
5190 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5191 Create a custom theme.
5192
5193 \(fn)" t nil)
5194
5195 ;;;***
5196 \f
5197 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5198 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5200
5201 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5202 Mode used for cvs status output.
5203
5204 \(fn)" t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5209 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 43263))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5211
5212 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5213 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5214
5215 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5216 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5217 C++ modes are included.
5218
5219 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5220
5221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5224 Turn on CWarn mode.
5225
5226 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5227 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5228
5229 \(fn)" nil nil)
5230
5231 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5232 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5233 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5235 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5236
5237 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5238
5239 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5240 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5241 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5242 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5243 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5244
5245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5246
5247 ;;;***
5248 \f
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5250 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5251 ;;;;;; (16118 44435))
5252 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5253
5254 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5255 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5256
5257 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5258
5259 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5260 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5261
5262 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5263
5264 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5265 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5266 For readability, the table is slightly
5267 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5268
5269 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5270 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5271 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5272 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5273 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5274
5275 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5276
5277 ;;;***
5278 \f
5279 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5280 ;;;;;; (16174 61084))
5281 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5282 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5283 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5284
5285 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5286 Completion on current word.
5287 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5288 and presents suggestions for completion.
5289
5290 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5291 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5292 completions.
5293
5294 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5295 then it searches *all* buffers.
5296
5297 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5298 if there is a suitable one already.
5299
5300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5301
5302 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5303 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5304
5305 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5306 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5307 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5308 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5309 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5310
5311 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5312 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5313
5314 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5315 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5316 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5317
5318 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5319 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5320
5321 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5322
5323 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5324
5325 ;;;***
5326 \f
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997
5328 ;;;;;; 672))
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5330
5331 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5332 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5333
5334 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5335 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5336 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5337
5338 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5339 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5340 Data lines are not indented.
5341
5342 Key bindings:
5343
5344 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5345 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5346
5347 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5348 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5349 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5350 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5351
5352 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5353
5354 dcl-basic-offset
5355 Extra indentation within blocks.
5356
5357 dcl-continuation-offset
5358 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5359
5360 dcl-margin-offset
5361 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5362
5363 dcl-margin-label-offset
5364 Indentation for a label.
5365
5366 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5367 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5368
5369 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5370 dcl-block-end-regexp
5371 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5372 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5373 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5374 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5375 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5376
5377 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5378 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5379 Two such functions are included in the package:
5380 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5381 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5382
5383 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5384 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5385 One such function is included in the package:
5386 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5387
5388 dcl-tab-always-indent
5389 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5390 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5391 margin.
5392
5393 dcl-electric-characters
5394 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5395 typed.
5396
5397 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5398 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5399 which words trigger electric indentation.
5400
5401 dcl-tempo-comma
5402 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5403 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5404 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5405
5406 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5407 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5408 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5409 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5410
5411 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5412 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5413 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5414 dcl-imenu-label-call
5415 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5416
5417 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5418 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5419 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5420 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5421
5422
5423 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5424
5425 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5426 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5427 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5428 $ i = 1
5429 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5430 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5431 $ label:
5432 $ if i.eq.1
5433 $ then
5434 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5435 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5436 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5437 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5438 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5439 \"lined up with the command line\"
5440 $ type sys$input
5441 Data lines are not indented at all.
5442 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5443 $ endif
5444 $
5445
5446
5447 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5448 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5449
5450 \(fn)" t nil)
5451
5452 ;;;***
5453 \f
5454 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5455 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085))
5456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5457
5458 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5459
5460 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5461 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5462 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5463 of the evaluator.
5464
5465 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5466 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5467 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5468
5469 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5472 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5473 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5474 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5475 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5476 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5477 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5478
5479 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5482 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5483 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5484
5485 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5486
5487 ;;;***
5488 \f
5489 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5490 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5492
5493 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5494 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5495
5496 \(fn)" t nil)
5497
5498 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5499 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5500 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5501 Upper-case letters are commands.
5502
5503 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5504 modify it.
5505
5506 The most useful commands are:
5507 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5508 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5509 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5510 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5511 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5512 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5513
5514 \(fn)" t nil)
5515
5516 ;;;***
5517 \f
5518 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5519 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15310
5520 ;;;;;; 56703))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5522
5523 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5524 Customization of `columns' group.
5525
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5527
5528 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5529 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5530
5531 START and END delimits the text region.
5532
5533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5534
5535 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5536 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5537
5538 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5539
5540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5541
5542 ;;;***
5543 \f
5544 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5545 ;;;;;; 41832))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5547
5548 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5549 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5550 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5551 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5552 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5553 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5554
5555 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5556
5557 Customization:
5558
5559 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5560 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5561 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5562 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5563 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5564 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5565 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5566 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5567 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5568 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5569 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5570 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5571 blank line.
5572 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5573 Directories to search when finding external units.
5574 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5575 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5576
5577 Coloring:
5578
5579 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5580 Face used to color delphi comments.
5581 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5582 Face used to color delphi strings.
5583 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5584 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5585 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5586 Face used to color everything else.
5587
5588 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5589 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5590
5591 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5592
5593 ;;;***
5594 \f
5595 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16016
5596 ;;;;;; 56429))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5598
5599 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5600
5601 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5602 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5603 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5605 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5606
5607 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5608
5609 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5610 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5611 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5612 positive.
5613
5614 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5615 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5616 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5617 any selection.
5618
5619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5620
5621 ;;;***
5622 \f
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5624 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16162 11942))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5626
5627 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5628 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5629
5630 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5631
5632 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5633 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5634 or nil if there is no parent.
5635 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5636 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5637 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5638 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5639 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5640
5641 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5642 arguments are currently understood:
5643 :group GROUP
5644 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5645 :syntax-table TABLE
5646 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5647 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5648 :abbrev-table TABLE
5649 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5650 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5651
5652 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5653
5654 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5655
5656 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5657 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5658 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5659
5660 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5661 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5662
5663 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5664 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5665 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5666
5667 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5668 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5669
5670 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5671 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5672
5673 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5674
5675 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5676 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5677 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5678 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5679 the first time the mode is used.
5680
5681 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5682
5683 ;;;***
5684 \f
5685 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5686 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16111 41824))
5687 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5688
5689 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5690 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5691 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5692 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5693 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5694 otherwise.
5695
5696 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5699 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5700 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5701 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5702 character composition information (if relevant),
5703 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5704
5705 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5706
5707 ;;;***
5708 \f
5709 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5710 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5711 ;;;;;; (16148 4632))
5712 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5713
5714 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5715 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5716 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5717 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5718 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5719 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5720
5721 \(fn)" t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5724 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5725 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5726 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5727
5728 \(fn)" nil nil)
5729
5730 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5731 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5732 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5733 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5734
5735 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
5736
5737 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5738 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5739
5740 \(fn)" t nil)
5741
5742 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5743 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5744
5745 \(fn)" t nil)
5746
5747 ;;;***
5748 \f
5749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16142
5750 ;;;;;; 4985))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5752
5753 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5754
5755 ;;;***
5756 \f
5757 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5758 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16174 61085))
5759 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5760
5761 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5762 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5763 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5764 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5765 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5766
5767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5770 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5771 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5772 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5773
5774 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5775 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5776 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5777 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5778
5779 #!/bin/sh
5780 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5781 emacs -batch \\
5782 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5783 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5784 european-calendar-style t \\
5785 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5786 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5787 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5788
5789 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5790 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5791 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5792 to run it every morning at 1am.
5793
5794 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5797 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5798
5799 \(fn)" t nil)
5800
5801 ;;;***
5802 \f
5803 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5804 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949))
5805 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5806
5807 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5808 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5809
5810 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5811
5812 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5813 *The command to use to run diff.")
5814
5815 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5816
5817 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5818 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5819 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5820 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5821 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5822 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5823
5824 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5825
5826 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5827 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5828 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5829 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5830 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5831
5832 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5833
5834 ;;;***
5835 \f
5836 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5837 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5839
5840 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5841 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5842 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5843 normal diffs.
5844 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5845 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5846 headers for you on-the-fly.
5847
5848 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5849 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5850 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5851
5852 \(fn)" t nil)
5853
5854 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5855 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5856 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5857
5858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5859
5860 ;;;***
5861 \f
5862 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5863 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5864 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5865 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5866 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16159 27802))
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5868
5869 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5870 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5871 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5872 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5873 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5874 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5875 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5876 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5877
5878 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5879
5880 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5881 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5882
5883 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5884 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5885 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5886 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5887 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5888
5889 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5890 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5891
5892 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5893 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5894 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5895 always set this variable to t.")
5896
5897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5898
5899 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5900 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5901 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5902 A value of t means move to first file.")
5903
5904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5905
5906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5907 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5908 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5909 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5910 are afterward marked with that character.")
5911
5912 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5913
5914 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5915 *Controls marking of copied files.
5916 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5917 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5918
5919 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5920
5921 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5922 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5923 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5924 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5925
5926 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5927
5928 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5929 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5930 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5931 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5932
5933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5934
5935 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5936 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5937 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5938 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5939
5940 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5941
5942 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5943
5944 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5945 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5946 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5947
5948 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5949
5950 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5951 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5952 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5953 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5954 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5955 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5958 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5959 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5960 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5961 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5962 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5963 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5964 list of files to make directory entries for.
5965 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5966 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5967 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5968 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5969
5970 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5971
5972 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5974
5975 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5976 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5977
5978 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5979 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5980
5981 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5982 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5983
5984 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5985
5986 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5987 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5988
5989 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5990 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5991
5992 ;;;***
5993 \f
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5995 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5996 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5997 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5998 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5999 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6000 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6001 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6002 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6003 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6004 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6005 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6006 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6008
6009 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6010 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6011 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6012 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6013 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6014 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6015 which is options for `diff'.
6016
6017 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6018
6019 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6020 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6021 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6022 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6023 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6024 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6025
6026 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6027
6028 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6029 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6030 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6031
6032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6033
6034 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6035 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6036
6037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6038
6039 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6040 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6041
6042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6043
6044 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6045 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6046 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6047 `lpr-switches' as default.
6048
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6050
6051 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6052 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6053 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6054 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6055 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6056
6057 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6058 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6059
6060 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6061 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6062 file name substituted for `?'.
6063
6064 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6065 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6066
6067 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6068 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6069 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6070 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6071
6072 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6073
6074 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6075 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6076 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6077
6078 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6079 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6080 in a subdir.
6081
6082 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6083 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6084
6085 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6086
6087 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6088 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6089 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6090 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6091 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6092 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6093
6094 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6095
6096 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6097 Not documented
6098
6099 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6100
6101 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6102 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6103
6104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6105
6106 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6107 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6108
6109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6110
6111 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6112 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6113
6114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6115
6116 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6117 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6118 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6119 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6120
6121 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6122
6123 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6124 Not documented
6125
6126 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6127
6128 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6129 Not documented
6130
6131 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6132
6133 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6134 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6135
6136 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6137
6138 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6139 Not documented
6140
6141 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6142
6143 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6144 Not documented
6145
6146 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6147
6148 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6149 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6150
6151 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6152
6153 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6154 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6155 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6156 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6157 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6158 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6159 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6160 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6161 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6162
6163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6164
6165 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6166 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6167 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6168 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6169 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6170 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6171 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6172 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6173
6174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6178 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6179 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6180 and new hard links are made in that directory
6181 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6182 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6183 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6184
6185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6189 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6190 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6191 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6192 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6193 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6194
6195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6198 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6199
6200 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6201 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6202 file if none are marked.
6203
6204 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6205 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6206 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6207 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6208
6209 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6210 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6211
6212 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6216 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6217
6218 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6221 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6222 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6223
6224 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6225
6226 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6227 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6228 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6229
6230 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6231
6232 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6233 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6234
6235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6236
6237 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6238 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6239
6240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6241
6242 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6243 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6244 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6245 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6246 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6247 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6248 this subdirectory.
6249 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6250
6251 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6254 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6255 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6256 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6257 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6258 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6259 this subdirectory.
6260 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6261
6262 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6265 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6266 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6267
6268 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6269
6270 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6271 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6272 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6273 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6274
6275 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6278 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6279 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6280 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6281
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6285 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6286 Lower levels are unaffected.
6287
6288 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6289
6290 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6291 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6292
6293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6294
6295 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6296 Go down in the dired tree.
6297
6298 \(fn)" t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6301 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6302 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6303 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6304
6305 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6306
6307 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6308 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6309 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6310 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6311
6312 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6313
6314 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6315 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6316 Stops when a match is found.
6317 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6318
6319 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6320
6321 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6322 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6323 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6324 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6325 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6326
6327 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6328
6329 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6330 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6331 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6332 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6333
6334 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6335
6336 ;;;***
6337 \f
6338 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670))
6339 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6340
6341 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6342 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6343 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6344 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6345 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6346 buffer and try again.
6347
6348 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6349
6350 ;;;***
6351 \f
6352 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 5127))
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6354
6355 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6356 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6357 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6358
6359 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6360
6361 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6362 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6363
6364 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6365 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6366
6367 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6368
6369 ;;;***
6370 \f
6371 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6372 ;;;;;; 41828))
6373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6374
6375 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6376 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6377 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6378 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6379 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6380 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6381
6382 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6383
6384 ;;;***
6385 \f
6386 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6387 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6388 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6389 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6390 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6392
6393 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6394 Return a new, empty display table.
6395
6396 \(fn)" nil nil)
6397
6398 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6399 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6400 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6401 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6402 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6403
6404 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6405
6406 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6407 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6408 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6409 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6410 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6411
6412 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6413
6414 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6415 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6416
6417 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6418
6419 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6420 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6421
6422 \(fn)" t nil)
6423
6424 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6425 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6426
6427 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6428
6429 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6430 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6431
6432 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6433
6434 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6435 Display character C using printable string S.
6436
6437 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6438
6439 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6440 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6441 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6442 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6443
6444 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6445
6446 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6447 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6448 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6449 X frame.
6450
6451 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6452
6453 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6454 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6455
6456 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6457
6458 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6459 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6460
6461 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6462
6463 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6464 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6465
6466 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6467 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6468 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6469 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6470
6471 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6472 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6473 European character display.
6474
6475 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6476 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6477 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6478 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6479
6480 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6481 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6482 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6483 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6484 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6485
6486 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6487
6488 ;;;***
6489 \f
6490 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6491 ;;;;;; (15186 43694))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6493
6494 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6495 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6496 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6497 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6498 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6499 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6500 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6501 Default is 2.
6502
6503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6504
6505 ;;;***
6506 \f
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6509
6510 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6511 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6512
6513 \(fn)" t nil)
6514
6515 ;;;***
6516 \f
6517 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6518 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6520
6521 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6522 Toggle Double mode.
6523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6524 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6525
6526 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6527
6528 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6529 Toggle Double mode.
6530 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6531
6532 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6533 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6534
6535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6536
6537 ;;;***
6538 \f
6539 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963))
6540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6541
6542 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6543 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6544
6545 \(fn)" t nil)
6546
6547 ;;;***
6548 \f
6549 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6550 ;;;;;; (15235 28667))
6551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6552
6553 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6554 Play sounds in message buffers.
6555
6556 \(fn)" t nil)
6557
6558 ;;;***
6559 \f
6560 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6561 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792))
6563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6564
6565 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6566
6567 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6568 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6569 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6570 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6571
6572 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6573 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6574 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6575 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6576 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6577 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6578 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6579 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6580 used (see below).
6581
6582 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6583 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6584 Before the actual body code, you can write
6585 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6586 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6587 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6588 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6589 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6590 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6591 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6592 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6593 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6594 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6595 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6596
6597 For example, you could write
6598 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6599 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6600 ...BODY CODE...)
6601
6602 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6603
6604 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6605 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6606 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6607 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6608 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6609 :group to specify the custom group.
6610
6611 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6612
6613 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6614 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6615 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6616 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6617 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6618 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6619 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6620
6621 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6622
6623 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6624 Not documented
6625
6626 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6627
6628 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6629 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6630 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6631
6632 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6637 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054
6638 ;;;;;; 60749))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6640
6641 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6642
6643 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6644 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6645
6646 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6647 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6648 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6649
6650 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6651 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6652
6653 :filter FUNCTION
6654
6655 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6656 menu displayed.
6657
6658 :visible INCLUDE
6659
6660 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6661 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6662
6663 :active ENABLE
6664
6665 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6667
6668 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6669
6670 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6671
6672 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6673
6674 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6675 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6676
6677 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6678 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6679
6680 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6681
6682 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6683
6684 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6685
6686 :keys KEYS
6687
6688 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6689 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6690 computed automatically.
6691 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6692
6693 :key-sequence KEYS
6694
6695 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6696 menu item.
6697 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6698 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6699 keyboard equivalent.
6700
6701 :active ENABLE
6702
6703 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6704 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6705
6706 :included INCLUDE
6707
6708 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6709 expression has a non-nil value.
6710
6711 :suffix FORM
6712
6713 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6714 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6715
6716 :style STYLE
6717
6718 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6719 defined:
6720
6721 toggle: A checkbox.
6722 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6723 radio: A radio button.
6724 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6725 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6726 menu bar itself.
6727 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6728
6729 :selected SELECTED
6730
6731 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6732 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6733
6734 :help HELP
6735
6736 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6737
6738 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6739 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6740 as a solid horizontal line.
6741
6742 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6743
6744 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6745
6746 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6747 Not documented
6748
6749 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6752 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6753 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6754 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6755
6756 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6757
6758 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6759 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6760 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6761 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6762 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6763 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6764
6765 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6766 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6767 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6768
6769 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6770 to implement dynamic menus.
6771
6772 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6773
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6777 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6779 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6780 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154))
6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6782
6783 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6784 Customization for ebnf group.
6785
6786 \(fn)" t nil)
6787
6788 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6789 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6790
6791 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6792 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6793 it to the printer.
6794
6795 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6796 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6797 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6798 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6799
6800 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6801
6802 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6803 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6804 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6805
6806 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6807
6808 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6809 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6810 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6811 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6812
6813 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6814
6815 \(fn)" t nil)
6816
6817 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6818 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6819 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6820
6821 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6822
6823 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6824
6825 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6826 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6827
6828 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6829 The EPS file name has the following form:
6830
6831 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6832
6833 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6834 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6835
6836 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6837 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6838 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6839 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6840
6841 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6842
6843 \(fn)" t nil)
6844
6845 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6846 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6847
6848 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6849 The EPS file name has the following form:
6850
6851 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6852
6853 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6854 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6855
6856 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6857 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6858 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6859 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6860
6861 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6862
6863 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6864
6865 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6866
6867 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6869
6870 \(fn)" t nil)
6871
6872 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6873 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6874
6875 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6876
6877 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6878 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6879
6880 \(fn)" nil nil)
6881
6882 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6883 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6884
6885 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6886
6887 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6888 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6889
6890 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6891
6892 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6893 Set STYLE to current style.
6894
6895 It returns the old style symbol.
6896
6897 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6900 Reset current style.
6901
6902 It returns the old style symbol.
6903
6904 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6905
6906 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6907 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6908
6909 It returns the old style symbol.
6910
6911 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6914 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6915
6916 It returns the old style symbol.
6917
6918 \(fn)" t nil)
6919
6920 ;;;***
6921 \f
6922 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6923 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6926 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6927 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154))
6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6929
6930 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6931 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6932 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6933 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6934 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6935 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6936
6937 Tree mode key bindings:
6938 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6939
6940 \(fn)" t nil)
6941
6942 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6943 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6944
6945 \(fn)" t nil)
6946
6947 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6948 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6949 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6950 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6951 completion.
6952
6953 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6954
6955 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6956 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6957 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6958 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6959
6960 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6961
6962 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6963 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6964 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6965
6966 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6967
6968 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6969 Search for call sites of a member.
6970 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6971 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6972 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6973 looks like a function call to the member.
6974
6975 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6978 Move backward in the position stack.
6979 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6980
6981 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6982
6983 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6984 Move forward in the position stack.
6985 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6986
6987 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6990 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6991
6992 \(fn)" t nil)
6993
6994 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6995 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6996
6997 \(fn)" t nil)
6998
6999 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7000 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7001 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7002 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7003
7004 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7005
7006 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7007 Display statistics for a class tree.
7008
7009 \(fn)" t nil)
7010
7011 ;;;***
7012 \f
7013 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7014 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
7015 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7016
7017 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7018 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7019 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7020 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7021
7022 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7023 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7024 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7025
7026 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7027 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7028 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7029
7030 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7031
7032 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7033
7034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7035
7036 ;;;***
7037 \f
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7039 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951))
7040 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7041
7042 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7043 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7044 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7045
7046 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7047
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7051 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828))
7052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7053
7054 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7055 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7056 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7057 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7058 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7059
7060 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7061 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7062 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7063 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7064
7065 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7066
7067 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7068 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7069 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7070 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7071
7072 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7073
7074 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7075 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7076 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7077 \(naming a function), or a list.
7078
7079 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7080
7081 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7082
7083 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7084 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7085 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7086 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7087 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7088
7089 If you do this on a function definition
7090 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7091 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7092 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7093 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7094
7095 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7096 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7097 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7098 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7099 already is one.)
7100
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7102
7103 ;;;***
7104 \f
7105 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7106 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7107 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7108 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7109 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824))
7115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7116
7117 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7118 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7119
7120 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7123 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7124
7125 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7126
7127 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7128
7129 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7130
7131 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7132 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7133 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7134 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7135
7136 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7139 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7140
7141 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7142
7143 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7144
7145 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7146 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7147
7148 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7149
7150 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7151
7152 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7153 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7154 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7155 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7156
7157 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7158
7159 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7160
7161 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7162 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7163 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7164 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7165
7166 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7167
7168 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7169
7170 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7171 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7172 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7173 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7174
7175 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7176
7177 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7178
7179 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7180 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7181 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7182 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7183
7184 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7185
7186 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7187
7188 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7189 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7190 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7191 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7192 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7193 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7194
7195 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7198 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7199 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7200 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7201
7202 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7203
7204 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7205
7206 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7207 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7208 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7209 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7210
7211 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7212
7213 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7214
7215 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7216
7217 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7218 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7219 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7220 follows:
7221 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7222 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7223
7224 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7227 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7228 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7229 follows:
7230 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7231 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7232
7233 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7236 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7237 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7238 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7239 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7240 region.
7241 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7242 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7243
7244 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7247 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7248 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7249 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7250 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7251 region.
7252 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7253 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7254 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7255
7256 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7257
7258 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7259
7260 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7261 Merge two files without ancestor.
7262
7263 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7266 Merge two files with ancestor.
7267
7268 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7269
7270 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7271
7272 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7273 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7274
7275 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7276
7277 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7278 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7279
7280 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7281
7282 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7283 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7284 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7285 buffer.
7286
7287 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7288
7289 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7290 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7291 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7292 buffer.
7293
7294 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7295
7296 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7297 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7298 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7299 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7300
7301 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7304 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7305 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7306 and don't ask the user.
7307 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7308 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7309
7310 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7313 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7314 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7315 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7316 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7317 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7320
7321 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7322
7323 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7324
7325 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7326 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7327 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7328 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7329 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7330
7331 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7332
7333 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7334
7335 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7336 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7337 When called interactively, displays the version.
7338
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7342 Display Ediff's manual.
7343 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7344
7345 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7346
7347 ;;;***
7348 \f
7349 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7350 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
7351 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7352
7353 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7354 Not documented
7355
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7357
7358 ;;;***
7359 \f
7360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7362
7363 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7364 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7365
7366 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7367
7368 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7369
7370 ;;;***
7371 \f
7372 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7373 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
7374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7375
7376 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7377 Display Ediff's registry.
7378
7379 \(fn)" t nil)
7380
7381 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7382
7383 ;;;***
7384 \f
7385 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7386 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7388
7389 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7390 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7391 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7392 which see.
7393
7394 \(fn)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7397 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7398 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7399 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7400
7401 \(fn)" t nil)
7402
7403 ;;;***
7404 \f
7405 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7406 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7407 ;;;;;; (15941 42952))
7408 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7409
7410 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7411 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7412 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7413
7414 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7415 Edit a keyboard macro.
7416 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7417 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7418 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7419 its command name.
7420 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7421
7422 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7425 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7426
7427 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7430 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7435 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7436 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7437 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7438 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7439 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7440
7441 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7442 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7443 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7444 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7445
7446 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7449 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7450 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7451 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7452 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7453 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7454
7455 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7456
7457 ;;;***
7458 \f
7459 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7460 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958))
7461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7462
7463 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7464 Set scroll margins.
7465 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7466 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7467
7468 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7469
7470 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7471 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7472
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7478 ;;;;;; (16139 21083))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7480
7481 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7482 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7483 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7484 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7485 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7486 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7487 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7488 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7489
7490 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7491 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7492
7493 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7494 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7495 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7496 this value is non-nil.
7497
7498 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7499 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7500 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7501
7502 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7503 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7504 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7505
7506 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7507
7508 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7509 Not documented
7510
7511 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7512
7513 ;;;***
7514 \f
7515 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7516 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16066 53440))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7518
7519 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7520 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7521
7522 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7523
7524 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7525 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7526 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7527
7528 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7529 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7530 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7531 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7532 from the documentation string if possible.
7533
7534 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7535 instead.
7536
7537 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7542 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7543
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7545
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829
7549 ;;;;;; 28907))
7550 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7551
7552 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7553 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7554
7555 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7556 an elided material again.
7557
7558 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7559
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7561
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7565 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7567
7568 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7569 Initialize elint.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7576 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15407
7577 ;;;;;; 8858))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7579
7580 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7581 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7582 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7583
7584 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7587 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7588 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7589
7590 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7591
7592 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7593 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7594 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7595
7596 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7597
7598 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7601 Display current profiling results.
7602 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7603 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7604 displayed.
7605
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607
7608 ;;;***
7609 \f
7610 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7611 ;;;;;; (15678 51470))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7613
7614 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7615 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7616 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7617
7618 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7619
7620 ;;;***
7621 \f
7622 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7623 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7624 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7625 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7626 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16174 61084))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7628
7629 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7630 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7631 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7632 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7633 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7634 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7635 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7636 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7637 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7638 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7639 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7640 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7641 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7642 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7643 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7644 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7645
7646 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7647 Run Emerge on two files.
7648
7649 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7650
7651 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7652 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7653
7654 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7655
7656 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7657 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7658
7659 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7660
7661 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7662 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7663
7664 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7665
7666 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7667 Not documented
7668
7669 \(fn)" nil nil)
7670
7671 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7672 Not documented
7673
7674 \(fn)" nil nil)
7675
7676 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7677 Not documented
7678
7679 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7680
7681 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7682 Not documented
7683
7684 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7685
7686 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7687 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7688
7689 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7690
7691 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7692 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7693
7694 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7695
7696 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7697 Not documented
7698
7699 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7700
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7704 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7706
7707 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7708 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7709 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7711 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7712
7713 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7714
7715 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7716 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7717 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7718
7719 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7720 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7721 automatically.
7722
7723 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7724 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7725 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7726
7727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7728
7729 ;;;***
7730 \f
7731 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7732 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16162 11943))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7734
7735 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7736 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7737 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7738 text/enriched format.
7739 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7740
7741 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7742 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7743
7744 Commands:
7745
7746 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7747
7748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7749
7750 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7751 Not documented
7752
7753 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7754
7755 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7756 Not documented
7757
7758 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7759
7760 ;;;***
7761 \f
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15678
7763 ;;;;;; 51469))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7765
7766 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7767 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7768
7769 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7770
7771 \(fn)" nil nil)
7772
7773 ;;;***
7774 \f
7775 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
7776 ;;;;;; 50922))
7777 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7778
7779 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7780 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7783
7784 ;;;***
7785 \f
7786 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7787 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7789
7790 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7791 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7792 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7793 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7794 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7795 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7796 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7797 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7798 buffer selected (or created).
7799
7800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7803 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7804 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7805
7806 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7807
7808 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7809 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7810 The result might be any Lisp object.
7811 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7812 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7813 corresponding to a successful execution.
7814
7815 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7816
7817 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7818 Report a bug in Eshell.
7819 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7820 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7821
7822 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7823
7824 ;;;***
7825 \f
7826 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7827 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7828 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7829 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7830 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7831 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7832 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148
7833 ;;;;;; 4633))
7834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7835
7836 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7837 *File name of tags table.
7838 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7839 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7840 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7841 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7842
7843 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7844 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7845 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7846 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7847
7848 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7849
7850 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7851 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7852 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7853 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7854 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7855 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7856
7857 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7858
7859 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7860 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7861 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7862 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7863 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7864 `auto-compression-mode').")
7865
7866 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7867
7868 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7869 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7870 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7871 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7872 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7873
7874 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7875
7876 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7877 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7878 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7879 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7880
7881 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7882
7883 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7884 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7885 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7886 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7887 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7888
7889 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7890
7891 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7892 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7893 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7894 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7895
7896 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7897 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7898 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7899 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7900 file the tag was in.
7901
7902 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7905 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7906 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7907 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7908 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7909 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7910 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7911 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7912 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7913
7914 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7917 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7918 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7919 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7920 without directory names.
7921
7922 \(fn)" nil nil)
7923
7924 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7925 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7926 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7927 but does not select the buffer.
7928 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7929
7930 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7931 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7932 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7933 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7934 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7935
7936 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7937
7938 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7939 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7940 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7941
7942 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7943
7944 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7945
7946 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7948 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7949 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7950
7951 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7952 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7953 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7954 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7955 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7956
7957 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7958
7959 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7960 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7961 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7962
7963 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7964
7965 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7966 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7967
7968 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7970 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7971 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7972 around or before point.
7973
7974 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7975 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7976 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7977 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7978 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7979
7980 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7981
7982 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7983 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7984 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7985
7986 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7987
7988 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7989 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7990
7991 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7992 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7993 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7994 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7995 around or before point.
7996
7997 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7998 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7999 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8000 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8001 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8002
8003 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8004
8005 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8006 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8007 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8008
8009 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8010
8011 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8012 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8013
8014 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8015 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8016 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8017
8018 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8019 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8020 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8021 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8022 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8023
8024 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8025
8026 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8027 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8028 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8029
8030 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8031
8032 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8033 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8034 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8037 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8038
8039 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8040 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8041 where they were found.
8042
8043 \(fn)" t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8046 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8047
8048 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8049 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8050 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8051
8052 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8053 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8054
8055 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8056 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8057
8058 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8059
8060 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8061 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8062 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8063 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8064
8065 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8066 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8067 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8068 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8069 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8072 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8073
8074 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8075 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8076 Stops when a match is found.
8077 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8078
8079 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8080
8081 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8084 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8085 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8086 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8087 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8088
8089 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8090
8091 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8094 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8095 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8096 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8097 directory specification.
8098
8099 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8102 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8103
8104 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8107 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8108 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8109 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8110
8111 \(fn)" t nil)
8112
8113 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8114 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8115 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8116 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8117 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8118
8119 \(fn)" t nil)
8120
8121 ;;;***
8122 \f
8123 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8124 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8125 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8126 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8127 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8130 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16118 44435))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8132
8133 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8134 Not documented
8135
8136 \(fn)" nil nil)
8137
8138 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8139 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8140 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8141 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8142
8143 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8144 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8145 language.
8146
8147 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8148 even if the buffer is read-only.
8149
8150 See also the descriptions of the variables
8151 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8152 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8153
8154 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8155
8156 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8157 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8158
8159 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8160 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8161
8162 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8163 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8164 language.
8165
8166 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8167 buffer is read-only.
8168
8169 See also the descriptions of the variables
8170 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8171 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8172
8173 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8174
8175 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8176 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8177 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8178
8179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8180
8181 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8182 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8183
8184 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8185 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8186
8187 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8188 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8189
8190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8193 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8194 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8195 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8196
8197 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8200 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8201 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8202 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8203
8204 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8205 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8206 the primary language.
8207
8208 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8209 buffer is read-only.
8210
8211 See also the descriptions of the variables
8212 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8213 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8214
8215 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8216
8217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8218 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8219 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8220 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8221
8222 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8223 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8224 primary language.
8225
8226 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8227 buffer is read-only.
8228
8229 See also the descriptions of the variables
8230 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8231 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8236 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8237 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8238
8239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8240
8241 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8242 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8243
8244 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8245 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8246 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8247 3) convert the body into SERA.
8248
8249 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8250
8251 \(fn)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8254 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8255 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8256
8257 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8260 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8261
8262 \(fn)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8265 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8266
8267 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8268 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8269 be 1, 2, or 3.
8270
8271 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8272 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8273 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8274
8275 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8276
8277 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8278
8279 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8280 Allow the user to input special characters.
8281
8282 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8283
8284 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8285 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8286 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8287
8288 \(fn)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8291 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8292
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8296 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8297
8298 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8299 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8300
8301 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8302 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8303
8304 \(fn)" nil nil)
8305
8306 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8307 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8308
8309 \(fn)" nil nil)
8310
8311 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8312 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8313
8314 \(fn)" nil nil)
8315
8316 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8317 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8318
8319 \(fn)" nil nil)
8320
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8324 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8325 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
8326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8327
8328 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8329 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8330 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8331 server for future sessions.
8332
8333 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8334
8335 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8336 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8337
8338 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8341 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8342
8343 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8346 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8347 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8348 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8349 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8350 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8351 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8352 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8353 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8354 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8355 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8356 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8357
8358 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8361 Display a form to query the directory server.
8362 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8363 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8364
8365 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8368 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8369 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8370
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8372
8373 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8374
8375 ;;;***
8376 \f
8377 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8378 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8379 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 17608))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8381
8382 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8383 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8384
8385 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8386
8387 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8388 Display URL and make it clickable.
8389
8390 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8391
8392 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8393 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8394
8395 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8396
8397 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8398 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8399
8400 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8401
8402 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8403 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8404
8405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8406
8407 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8408 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8409
8410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8411
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8415 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 17608))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8417
8418 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8419 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8420 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8421
8422 \(fn)" t nil)
8423
8424 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8425 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8426
8427 \(fn)" t nil)
8428
8429 ;;;***
8430 \f
8431 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8432 ;;;;;; (15429 17608))
8433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8434
8435 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8436 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8437
8438 \(fn)" t nil)
8439
8440 ;;;***
8441 \f
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8443 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8444 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832))
8445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8446
8447 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8448 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8449 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8450
8451 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8452
8453 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8454 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8455 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8456 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8457 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8458 executable.
8459
8460 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8461
8462 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8463 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8464 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8465
8466 \(fn)" t nil)
8467
8468 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8469 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8470 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8471 file modes.
8472
8473 \(fn)" nil nil)
8474
8475 ;;;***
8476 \f
8477 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8478 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15364 46020))
8479 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8480
8481 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8482 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8483 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8484 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8485
8486 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8487
8488 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8489 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8490 to generate such functions.
8491
8492 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8493 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8494 beginning of the expanded text.
8495
8496 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8497 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8498 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8499 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8500
8501 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8502
8503 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8504
8505 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8506 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8507 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8508
8509 \(fn)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8512 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8513 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8514
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8516 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8517 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8518
8519 ;;;***
8520 \f
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8523
8524 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8525 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8526 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8527
8528 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8529 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8530 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8531
8532 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8533
8534 Key definitions:
8535 \\{f90-mode-map}
8536
8537 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8538
8539 `f90-do-indent'
8540 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8541 `f90-if-indent'
8542 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8543 `f90-type-indent'
8544 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8545 `f90-program-indent'
8546 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8547 (default 2).
8548 `f90-continuation-indent'
8549 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8550 `f90-comment-region'
8551 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8552 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8553 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8554 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8555 (default \"!\").
8556 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8557 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8558 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8559 `f90-break-delimiters'
8560 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8561 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8562 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8563 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8564 (default t).
8565 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8566 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8567 `f90-smart-end'
8568 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8569 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8570 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8571 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8572 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8573 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8574 `f90-leave-line-no'
8575 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8576 `f90-keywords-re'
8577 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8578
8579 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8580 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8581
8582 \(fn)" t nil)
8583
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8587 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8588 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8589 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8590 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8592 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8593 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8594
8595 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8596 Menu keymap for faces.")
8597
8598 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8599
8600 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8601 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8602
8603 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8604
8605 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8606 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8607
8608 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8609
8610 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8611 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8612
8613 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8614
8615 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8616 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8617
8618 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8619
8620 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8621 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8622
8623 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8624
8625 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8626 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8627
8628 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8629
8630 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8631
8632 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8633
8634 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8637 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8638 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8639 will not show through at all will be removed.
8640
8641 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8642
8643 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8644 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8645 requested face.
8646
8647 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8648 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8649 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8650
8651 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8654 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8655 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8656
8657 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8658 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8659 requested face.
8660
8661 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8662 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8663 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8664
8665 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8668 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8669 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8670
8671 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8672 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8673 requested face.
8674
8675 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8676 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8677 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8678
8679 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8680
8681 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8682 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8683 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8684 is the menu item's name.
8685
8686 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8687 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8688 requested face.
8689
8690 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8691 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8692 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8693
8694 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8695
8696 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8697 Make the region invisible.
8698 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8699 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8700
8701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8702
8703 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8704 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8705 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8706 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8707
8708 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8709
8710 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8711 Make the region unmodifiable.
8712 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8713 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8714
8715 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8716
8717 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8718 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8719
8720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8721
8722 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8723 Remove all text properties from the region.
8724
8725 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8726
8727 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8728 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8729 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8730
8731 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8734 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8735
8736 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8737
8738 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8739 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8740 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8741 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8742 of colors that the current display can handle.
8743
8744 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8745
8746 ;;;***
8747 \f
8748 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8749 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8751
8752 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8753 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8754 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8755 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8756
8757 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8758
8759 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8760 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8761 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8762
8763 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8764 - When you save the file's buffer.
8765 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8766 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8767 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8768 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8769
8770 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8771
8772 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8773 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8774 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8775 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8776
8777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8778
8779 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8780 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8781
8782 \(fn)" nil nil)
8783
8784 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8785
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8789 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8790 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8792
8793 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8794 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8795 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8796 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8797
8798 \(fn)" nil nil)
8799
8800 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8801 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8802
8803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8804
8805 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8806 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8807 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8808 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8809
8810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8811
8812 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8813 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8814 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8815 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8816 backup file names and the like).
8817
8818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8819
8820 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8821 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8822 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8823 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8824 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8825 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8826 internally by feedmail):
8827
8828 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8829 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8830 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8831 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8832
8833 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8834 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8835 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8836 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8837 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8838
8839 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8844 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8846
8847 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8848 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8849 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8850 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8851 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8852 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8853 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8854
8855 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8856
8857 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8858 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8859 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8860 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8861 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8862 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8863 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8864
8865 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8866
8867 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8868
8869 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8870
8871 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8872 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8873 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8874 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8875 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8876 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8877
8878 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8881 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8882 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8883 Return value:
8884 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8885 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8886 * otherwise, nil
8887
8888 \(fn E)" t nil)
8889
8890 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8891 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8892
8893 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8894
8895 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8896 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8897
8898 \(fn)" t nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8903 ;;;;;; (15997 5128))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8905
8906 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8907 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8908 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8909 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8910 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8911 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8912 \(directories) is done.
8913
8914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8915 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8916 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8917 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8922 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8924
8925 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8926 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8927 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8928 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8929 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8930
8931 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8932
8933 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8934 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8935 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8936 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8937
8938 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8939
8940 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8941 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8942 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8943
8944 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8945
8946 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8947 as the final argument.
8948
8949 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8950
8951 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8952 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8953 and run dired on those files.
8954 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8955 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8956
8957 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8958
8959 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8960
8961 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8962 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8963 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8964
8965 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8966
8967 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8968
8969 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8970
8971 ;;;***
8972 \f
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8974 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8975 ;;;;;; (16111 41825))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8977
8978 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8979 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8980 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8981
8982 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8983
8984 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8985
8986 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8987
8988 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8990 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8991
8992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8993 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8994
8995 Variables of interest include:
8996
8997 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8998 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8999 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9000
9001 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9002 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9003 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9004
9005 - `ff-ignore-include'
9006 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9007
9008 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9009 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9010
9011 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9012 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9013
9014 - `ff-special-constructs'
9015 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9016 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9017 extracting the filename from that construct.
9018
9019 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9020 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9021
9022 - `ff-search-directories'
9023 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9024 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9025
9026 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9027 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9028
9029 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9030 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9031
9032 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9033 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9034
9035 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9036 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9037
9038 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9039 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9040
9041 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9042
9043 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9044 Visit the file you click on.
9045
9046 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9049 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9050
9051 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9056 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9057 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9058 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9059 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9060 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9062
9063 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9064 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9065
9066 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9067
9068 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9069 Search for SYMBOL.
9070 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9071 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9072
9073 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9074
9075 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9076 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9077
9078 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9079 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9080 not selected.
9081
9082 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9083 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9084 in `load-path'.
9085
9086 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9089 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9090
9091 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9092 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9093 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9094 it is one of the current buffers.
9095
9096 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9097 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9098 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9099
9100 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9101
9102 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9103 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9104
9105 See `find-function' for more details.
9106
9107 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9110 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9111
9112 See `find-function' for more details.
9113
9114 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9115
9116 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9117 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9118
9119 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9120 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9121 not selected.
9122
9123 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9124 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9125
9126 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9129 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9130
9131 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9132 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9133 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9134 it is one of the current buffers.
9135
9136 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9137 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9138 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9139
9140 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9141
9142 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9143 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9144
9145 See `find-variable' for more details.
9146
9147 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9148
9149 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9150 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9151
9152 See `find-variable' for more details.
9153
9154 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9155
9156 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9157 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9158 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9159
9160 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9161
9162 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9163 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9164
9165 \(fn)" t nil)
9166
9167 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9168 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9169
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9171
9172 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9173 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9174
9175 \(fn)" nil nil)
9176
9177 ;;;***
9178 \f
9179 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9180 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15188 556))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9182
9183 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9184 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9185
9186 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9189 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9190
9191 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9194 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9195
9196 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9201 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9203
9204 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9205 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9210 Display FILE's commentary section.
9211 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9212
9213 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9214
9215 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9216 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9217
9218 \(fn)" t nil)
9219
9220 ;;;***
9221 \f
9222 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9223 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952))
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9225
9226 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9227 Toggle flow control handling.
9228 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9229 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9230
9231 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9232
9233 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9234 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9235 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9236 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9237 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9238 to get the effect of a C-q.
9239
9240 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9245 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9246 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9248
9249 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9250 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9251 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9252
9253 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9254
9255 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9256 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9257
9258 \(fn)" t nil)
9259
9260 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9261
9262 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9263
9264 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9265 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9266 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9267 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9268 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9269 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9270
9271 Bindings:
9272 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9273 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9274 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9275
9276 Hooks:
9277 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9278
9279 Remark:
9280 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9281 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9282 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9283
9284 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9285 consider adding:
9286 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9287 in your .emacs file.
9288
9289 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9290 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9291
9292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9293
9294 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9295
9296 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9297 The flyspell version
9298
9299 \(fn)" t nil)
9300
9301 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9302 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9303
9304 \(fn)" nil nil)
9305
9306 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9307 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9308
9309 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9312 Flyspell whole buffer.
9313
9314 \(fn)" t nil)
9315
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9319 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9320 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
9321 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9322
9323 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9324 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9325
9326 \(fn)" t nil)
9327
9328 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9329 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9330
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9334 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9335
9336 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9337 of two major techniques:
9338
9339 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9340 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9341 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9342
9343 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9344 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9345 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9346 movement commands.
9347
9348 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9349 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9350 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9351 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9352 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9353 mileage may vary).
9354
9355 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9356 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9357
9358 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9359
9360 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9361 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9362 \(This is the default.)
9363
9364 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9365 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9366
9367 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9368 \\{follow-mode-map}
9369
9370 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9371
9372 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9373 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9374
9375 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9376 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9377 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9378 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9379 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9380 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9381
9382 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9383 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9384 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9385
9386 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9387 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9388 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9389
9390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9391
9392 ;;;***
9393 \f
9394 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9395 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9396 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16138 682))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9398
9399 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9400 Not documented
9401
9402 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9403
9404 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9405 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9406 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9407 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9408 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9409 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9410 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9411 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9412 end of the current highlighting list.
9413
9414 For example:
9415
9416 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9417 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9418 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9419
9420 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9421 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9422
9423 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9424 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9425 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9426
9427 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9428 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9429 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9430
9431 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9432
9433 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9434 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9435
9436 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9437 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9438
9439 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9440 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9441 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9442
9443 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9444
9445 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9446 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9447
9448 \(fn)" t nil)
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941
9453 ;;;;;; 42961))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9455
9456 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9457 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9458 \\<message-mode-map>
9459 key binding
9460 --- -------
9461
9462 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9463 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9464 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9465 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9466 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9467 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9468
9469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9470
9471 ;;;***
9472 \f
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9474 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9476
9477 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9478 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9479
9480 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9481 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9482 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9483 C-c < forms-first-record <
9484 C-c > forms-last-record >
9485 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9486 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9487 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9488 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9489 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9490 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9491 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9492 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9493 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9494 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9495
9496 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9497
9498 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9499 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9500
9501 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9504 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9505
9506 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9511 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9513
9514 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9515 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9516 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9517 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9518 with a character in column 6.")
9519
9520 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9521
9522 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9523 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9524 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9525
9526 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9527 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9528
9529 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9530
9531 Key definitions:
9532 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9533
9534 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9535
9536 `comment-start'
9537 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9538 `fortran-do-indent'
9539 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9540 `fortran-if-indent'
9541 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9542 `fortran-structure-indent'
9543 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9544 (default 3)
9545 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9546 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9547 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9548 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9549 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9550 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9551 nil don't change the indentation
9552 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9553 value of either
9554 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9555 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9556 depending on the continuation format in use.
9557 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9558 indentation for a line of code.
9559 (default 'fixed)
9560 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9561 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9562 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9563 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9564 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9565 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9566 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9567 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9568 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9569 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9570 column 5.
9571 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9572 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9573 statements (default nil).
9574 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9575 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9576 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9577 `fortran-continuation-string'
9578 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9579 line (default \"$\").
9580 `fortran-comment-region'
9581 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9582 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9583 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9584 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9585 as typed (default t).
9586 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9587 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9588
9589 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9590 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9591
9592 \(fn)" t nil)
9593
9594 ;;;***
9595 \f
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9597 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9599
9600 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9601 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9602
9603 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9604 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9605
9606 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9607
9608 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9609 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9610
9611 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9612 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9613
9614 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9615
9616 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9617 Compile fortune file.
9618
9619 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9620 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9621
9622 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9625 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9626
9627 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9628 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9629 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9630 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9631
9632 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9633
9634 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9635 Display a fortune cookie.
9636
9637 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9638 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9639 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9640 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9641
9642 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9643
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9647 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9649
9650 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9651 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9652 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9653 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9654 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9655 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9656 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9657 fringe).
9658 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9659 it take real effect.
9660 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9661 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9662 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9663
9664 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9665
9666 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9667 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9668 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9669 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9670 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9671 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9672 specified, the user is queried.
9673 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9674 future.
9675 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9676 see `set-fringe-style'.
9677
9678 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9681 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9682 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9683 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9684 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9685 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9686 specified, the user is queried.
9687 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9688
9689 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9690
9691 ;;;***
9692 \f
9693 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16167 21090))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9695
9696 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9697 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9698 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9699 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9700
9701 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9702 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9703 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9704
9705 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9706 GDB Toolbar
9707 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9708 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9709 |
9710 |
9711 |
9712 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9713 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9714 | (comint-mode)
9715 |
9716 |
9717 |
9718 |
9719 |
9720 |
9721 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9722 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9723 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9724 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9725 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9726 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9727
9728 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9729 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9730 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9731 in the GUD buffer.
9732
9733 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9734 screen.
9735
9736 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9737 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9738 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9739
9740 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9741
9742 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9743 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9744 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9745 reset variables.
9746
9747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9748
9749 ;;;***
9750 \f
9751 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9752 ;;;;;; (15188 557))
9753 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9754
9755 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9756 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9757
9758 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9759 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9760
9761 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9762 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9763 function.
9764
9765 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9766 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9767 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9768 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9769 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9770 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9771
9772 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9773 Each keyword should be a string.
9774
9775 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9776 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9777
9778 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9779 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9780 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9781
9782 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9783
9784 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9785
9786 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9787
9788 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9789 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9790 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9791 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9792
9793 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9794 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9795
9796 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9797
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9801 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9803
9804 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9805 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9806 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9807 at places they belong to.
9808
9809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9810
9811 ;;;***
9812 \f
9813 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9814 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960))
9815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9816
9817 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9818 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9823 Read network news.
9824 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9825 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9826 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9827 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9828 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9829
9830 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9831
9832 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9833 Read news as a slave.
9834
9835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9838 Pop up a frame to read news.
9839
9840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9841
9842 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9843 Read network news.
9844 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9845 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9846 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9847
9848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9849
9850 ;;;***
9851 \f
9852 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9853 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9854 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
9855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9856
9857 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9858 Start Gnus unplugged.
9859
9860 \(fn)" t nil)
9861
9862 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9863 Start Gnus plugged.
9864
9865 \(fn)" t nil)
9866
9867 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9868 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9869 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9870 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9871
9872 \(gnus-agentize)
9873
9874 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9875 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9876 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9877
9878 \(fn)" t nil)
9879
9880 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9881 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9882
9883 \(fn)" t nil)
9884
9885 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9886 Not documented
9887
9888 \(fn)" t nil)
9889
9890 ;;;***
9891 \f
9892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9893 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9895
9896 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9897 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9898
9899 \(fn)" nil nil)
9900
9901 ;;;***
9902 \f
9903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9904 ;;;;;; (15186 43688))
9905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9906
9907 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9908 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9909
9910 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9911
9912 ;;;***
9913 \f
9914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9915 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941
9916 ;;;;;; 42960))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9918
9919 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9920 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9921
9922 Usage:
9923 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9924
9925 \(fn)" t nil)
9926
9927 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9928 Generate the cache active file.
9929
9930 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9931
9932 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9933 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9934
9935 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9936
9937 ;;;***
9938 \f
9939 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9940 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9942
9943 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9944 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9945 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9946
9947 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9950 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9951
9952 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9953
9954 ;;;***
9955 \f
9956 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9957 ;;;;;; (14813 33717))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9959
9960 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9961
9962 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9963 Run batched scoring.
9964 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9965
9966 \(fn)" t nil)
9967
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9971 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960))
9972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9973
9974 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9975 Not documented
9976
9977 \(fn)" nil nil)
9978
9979 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9980 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9981
9982 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9983
9984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9985
9986 ;;;***
9987 \f
9988 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9989 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9990 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9992
9993 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9994 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9995 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9996 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9997 group parameters.
9998
9999 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10000 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10001 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10002 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10003
10004 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10005 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10006 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10007 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10008 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10009 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10010 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10011 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10012 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10013 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10014
10015 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10016
10017 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10018 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10019 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10020
10021 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10022 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10023
10024 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10025
10026 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10027 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10028 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10029
10030 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10031
10032 \(fn)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10035 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10036 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10037
10038 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10039
10040 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10041 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10042 existing groups are considered.
10043
10044 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10045 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10046 returned.
10047
10048 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10049 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10050 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10051 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10052 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10053 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10054 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10055 clauses will be generated.
10056
10057 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10058 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10059 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10060 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10061 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10062 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10063
10064 For example, given the following group parameters:
10065
10066 nnml:mail.bar:
10067 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10068 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10069 nnml:mail.foo:
10070 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10071 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10072 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10073 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10074 nnml:mail.others:
10075 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10076
10077 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10078
10079 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10080 \"mail.bar\")
10081 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10082 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10083 \"mail.others\")
10084
10085 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10086
10087 ;;;***
10088 \f
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10090 ;;;;;; (14792 28984))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10092
10093 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10094 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10095 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10096
10097 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10098
10099 ;;;***
10100 \f
10101 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941
10102 ;;;;;; 42960))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10104
10105 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10106 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10107 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10108 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10109
10110 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10111
10112 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10113
10114 ;;;***
10115 \f
10116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10117 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10119
10120 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10121 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10122 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10123 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10124 part is ignored.
10125
10126 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10127 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10128 rather than using this function.
10129
10130 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10131
10132 ;;;***
10133 \f
10134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10135 ;;;;;; (14792 28985))
10136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10137
10138 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10139 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10140 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10141 for matching on group names.
10142
10143 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10144 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10145
10146 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10147
10148 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10149
10150 \(fn)" t nil)
10151
10152 ;;;***
10153 \f
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10155 ;;;;;; (14870 42286))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10157
10158 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10159 Update the format specification near point.
10160
10161 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10162
10163 ;;;***
10164 \f
10165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10166 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15678 51469))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10168
10169 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10170 Unload all Gnus features.
10171 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10172 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10173 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10174
10175 \(fn)" t nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10178 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10179
10180 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10181
10182 ;;;***
10183 \f
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10185 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10187
10188 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10189 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10190
10191 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10192
10193 ;;;***
10194 \f
10195 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16027 27252))
10196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10197
10198 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10199 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10200
10201 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10202 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10203 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10204
10205 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10206 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10207 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10208
10209 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10210 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10211
10212 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10213 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10214
10215 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10216
10217 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10218
10219 ;;;***
10220 \f
10221 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10222 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831))
10223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10224
10225 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10226 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10227 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10228 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10229 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10230
10231 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10232
10233 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10234 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10235 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10236 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10237 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10238
10239 \(fn)" t nil)
10240
10241 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10242 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10243 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10244 or to send e-mail.
10245 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10246
10247 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10248 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10249
10250 \(fn)" t nil)
10251
10252 ;;;***
10253 \f
10254 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15289 33013))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10256
10257 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10258 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10259 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10260 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10261 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10262
10263 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10264
10265 ;;;***
10266 \f
10267 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10268 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16165 36290))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10270
10271 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10272 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10273 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10274 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10275
10276 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10279 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10280 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10281 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10282
10283 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10284
10285 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10286 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10287 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10288 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10289
10290 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10293 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10294 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10295 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10296
10297 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10298 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10299
10300 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10301
10302 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10303 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10304 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10305 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10306
10307 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10308
10309 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10310 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10311 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10312 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10313
10314 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10317 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10318 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10319 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10320 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10321
10322 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10323 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10324 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10325 original source file access method.
10326
10327 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10328 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10329
10330 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10331
10332 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10333 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10334 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10335 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10336
10337 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10339
10340 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10341
10342 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10343 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10344
10345 \(fn)" t nil)
10346
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941
10350 ;;;;;; 42963))
10351 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10352
10353 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10354 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10355 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10356 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10357
10358 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10359 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10360 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10361 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10362
10363 \(fn)" t nil)
10364
10365 ;;;***
10366 \f
10367 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10368 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
10369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10370
10371 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10372 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10373
10374 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10377 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10378 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10379 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10380
10381 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10382
10383 \(fn)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10386 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10387 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10388 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10389 to be updated.
10390
10391 \(fn)" t nil)
10392
10393 ;;;***
10394 \f
10395 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10396 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10397 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10399
10400 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10401 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10402 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10403 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10404 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10405 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10406
10407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10408
10409 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10410 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10411 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10412 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10413 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10414 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10415
10416 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10417 is used instead of `load-path'.
10418
10419 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10420 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10421 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10422
10423 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10426 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10427
10428 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10431 Not documented
10432
10433 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10434
10435 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10436 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10437 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10438
10439 \(fn)" nil nil)
10440
10441 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10442 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10443 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10444 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10445 it is displayed along with the global value.
10446
10447 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10448
10449 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10450 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10451 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10452 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10453
10454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10457 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10458 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10459
10460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10461
10462 ;;;***
10463 \f
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10465 ;;;;;; (15961 24150))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10467
10468 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10469 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10470 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10471 and window listing and describing the options.
10472 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10473 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10474
10475 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10476
10477 ;;;***
10478 \f
10479 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10480 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10481 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746))
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10483
10484 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10485 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10486 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10487 Commands:
10488 \\{help-mode-map}
10489
10490 \(fn)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10493 Not documented
10494
10495 \(fn)" nil nil)
10496
10497 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10498 Not documented
10499
10500 \(fn)" nil nil)
10501
10502 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10503 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10504
10505 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10506 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10507 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10508 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10509
10510 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10511 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10512 restore it properly when going back.
10513
10514 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10515
10516 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10517 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10518
10519 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10520 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10521 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10522 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10523 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10524
10525 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10526 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10527 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10528 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10529
10530 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10531 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10532 that.
10533
10534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10537 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10538 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10539 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10540 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10541 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10542
10543 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10544
10545 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10546 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10547 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10548 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10549 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10550
10551 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10552
10553 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10554 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10555
10556 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10557
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10561 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152))
10562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10563
10564 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10565 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10566
10567 \(fn)" t nil)
10568
10569 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10570 Provide help for current mode.
10571
10572 \(fn)" t nil)
10573
10574 ;;;***
10575 \f
10576 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10577 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746))
10578 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10579
10580 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10581 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10582 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10583 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10584 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10585
10586 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10587 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10588
10589 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10590 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10591 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10592 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10593
10594 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10595 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10596 periods.
10597
10598 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10599 in hexl format.
10600
10601 A sample format:
10602
10603 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10604 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10605 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10606 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10607 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10608 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10609 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10610 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10611 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10612 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10613 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10614 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10615 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10616 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10617 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10618
10619 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10620 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10621 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10622
10623 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10624 also supported.
10625
10626 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10627
10628 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10629 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10630 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10631
10632 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10633 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10634 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10635
10636 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10637 into the buffer at the current point.
10638
10639 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10640 into the buffer at the current point.
10641
10642 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10643 into the buffer at the current point.
10644
10645 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10646
10647 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10648 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10649
10650 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10651
10652 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10653
10654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10655
10656 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10657 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10658 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10659
10660 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10661
10662 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10663 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10664 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10665
10666 \(fn)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10671 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10672 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941
10673 ;;;;;; 42952))
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10675
10676 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10677 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10678
10679 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10680
10681 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10682 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10683
10684 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10685 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10686 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10687 which can be called interactively, are:
10688
10689 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10690 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10691
10692 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10693 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10694 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10695 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10696
10697 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10698 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10699
10700 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10701 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10702
10703 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10704 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10705 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10706 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10707 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10708 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10709
10710 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10711 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10712
10713 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10714 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10715 Hi-lock: FOO
10716 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10717 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10718 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10719 will be read until
10720 Hi-lock: end
10721 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10722
10723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10724
10725 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10726
10727 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10728 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10729
10730 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10731 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10732 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10733 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10734
10735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10736
10737 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10738
10739 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10740 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10741
10742 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10743 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10744 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10745 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10746
10747 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10748
10749 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10750
10751 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10752 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10753
10754 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10755 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10756
10757 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10758
10759 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10760
10761 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10762 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10763
10764 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10765 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10766 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10767 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10768 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10769
10770 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10771
10772 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10773 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10774
10775 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10776 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10777 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10778
10779 \(fn)" t nil)
10780
10781 ;;;***
10782 \f
10783 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10784 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965))
10785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10786
10787 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10788 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10789 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10790 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10791 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10792 how the hiding is done:
10793
10794 `hide-ifdef-env'
10795 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10796 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10797 is used.
10798
10799 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10800 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10801 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10802 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10803 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10804
10805 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10806 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10807 #endif lines when hiding.
10808
10809 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10810 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10811 is activated.
10812
10813 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10814 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10815 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10816
10817 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10818
10819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10820
10821 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10822 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10823
10824 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10825
10826 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10827 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10828
10829 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10830
10831 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10832 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10833
10834 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10835
10836 ;;;***
10837 \f
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10839 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16162 11943))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10841
10842 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10843 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10844
10845 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10846
10847 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10848 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10849 Each element has the form
10850 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10851
10852 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10853 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10854
10855 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10856 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10857
10858 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10859 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10860 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10861 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10862 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10863 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10864
10865 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10866 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10867
10868 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10869 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10870
10871 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10872 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10873 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10874
10875 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10876 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10877 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10878 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10879 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10880 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10881
10882 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10883 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10884 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10885
10886 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10887 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10888
10889 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10890
10891 Key bindings:
10892 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10893
10894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10895
10896 ;;;***
10897 \f
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10899 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10900 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10901 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10903
10904 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10905
10906 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10907 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10908 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10909
10910 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10913 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10914
10915 Without an argument:
10916 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10917 or passive state as determined by the variable
10918 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10919 and passive state.
10920
10921 With an argument ARG:
10922 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10923 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10924 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10925
10926 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10927 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10928 not displayed in a different face.
10929
10930 Functions:
10931 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10932 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10933 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10934 buffer with the contents of a file
10935 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10936 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10937 various faces.
10938
10939 Hook variables:
10940 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10941 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10942 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10943
10944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10945
10946 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10947 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10948
10949 \(fn)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10952 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10953
10954 \(fn)" t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10957 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10958
10959 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10960 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10961 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10962 shown in the last face in the list.
10963
10964 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10965 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10966 buffer to be saved):
10967
10968 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10969
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10971
10972 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10973 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10974
10975 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10976 and must not be read-only.
10977
10978 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10979 this function is called interactively.
10980
10981 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10982 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10983 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10984
10985 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10986 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10987 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10988
10989 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10992 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10993
10994 When called interactively:
10995 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10996 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10997 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10998 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10999
11000 When called from a program:
11001 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11002 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11003 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11004 - otherwise just turn it on
11005
11006 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11007 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11008 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11009 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11010
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11012
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11016 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11017 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11018 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11019 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11021
11022 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11023 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11024 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11025 or insert functions in this list.")
11026
11027 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11028
11029 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11030 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11031
11032 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11033
11034 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11035 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11036
11037 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11038
11039 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11040 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11041
11042 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11043
11044 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11045 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11046
11047 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11048
11049 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11050 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11051 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11052
11053 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11054
11055 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11056 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11057 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11058 \(as atoms)")
11059
11060 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11061
11062 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11063 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11064 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11065 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11066 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11067
11068 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11069
11070 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11071 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11072 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11073 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11074 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11075 expansions.
11076 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11077 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11078 undoes the expansion.
11079
11080 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11083 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11084 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11085 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11086
11087 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11088
11089 ;;;***
11090 \f
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11092 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11094
11095 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11096 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11097 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11098
11099 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11100 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11101 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11102 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11103 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11104
11105 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11106 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11107 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11108 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11109
11110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11111
11112 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11113 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11114 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11116 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11117
11118 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11119
11120 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11121 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11122 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11123
11124 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11125 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11126
11127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11132 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11134
11135 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11136 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11137 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11138
11139 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11140
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11142
11143 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11144 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11145
11146 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11147 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11148
11149 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11150
11151 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11152
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11156 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11158
11159 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11160 This function is obsolete.
11161 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11162 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11163
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11165
11166 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11167 This function is obsolete.
11168 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11169 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11170
11171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11174 This function is obsolete.
11175 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11176 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11177
11178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11179
11180 ;;;***
11181 \f
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11183 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16136 53054))
11204 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11205
11206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11207 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11208 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11209
11210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11213 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11214
11215 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11216
11217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11218 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11219
11220 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11221
11222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11223 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11224
11225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11226
11227 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11228 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11229
11230 \(fn)" t nil)
11231
11232 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11233 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11234
11235 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11236
11237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11238 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11239
11240 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11241 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11242 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11243 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11244 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11245 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11246 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11247 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11248 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11252
11253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11254 Not documented
11255
11256 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11257
11258 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11259 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11260
11261 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11262
11263 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11264 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11265
11266 \(fn)" t nil)
11267
11268 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11269 Remove the first filter group.
11270
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11274 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11275
11276 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11279 Remove all filter groups.
11280
11281 \(fn)" t nil)
11282
11283 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11284 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11285
11286 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11287
11288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11289 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11290 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11291
11292 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11295 Kill the filter group at point.
11296 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11297
11298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11299
11300 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11301 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11302
11303 \(fn)" t nil)
11304
11305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11306 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11307
11308 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11309
11310 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11311 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11312 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11313 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11314
11315 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11318 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11319 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11320
11321 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11322
11323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11324 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11325 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11326 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11327 of replacing the current filters.
11328
11329 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11330
11331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11332 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11333
11334 \(fn)" t nil)
11335
11336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11337 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11338
11339 \(fn)" t nil)
11340
11341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11342 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11343
11344 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11345 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11346 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11347
11348 \(fn)" t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11351 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11352
11353 \(fn)" t nil)
11354
11355 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11356 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11357
11358 \(fn)" t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11361 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11362 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11363 filter into parts.
11364
11365 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11366
11367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11368 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11369 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11370
11371 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11374 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11375
11376 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11377
11378 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11379 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11380
11381 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11382
11383 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11384 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11385 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11386 of replacing the current filters.
11387
11388 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11389 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11390 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11391 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11392 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11393 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11397
11398 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11399 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11400 Default sorting modes are:
11401 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11402 Name - the name of the buffer
11403 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11404 Size - the size of the buffer
11405
11406 \(fn)" t nil)
11407
11408 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11409 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11410
11411 \(fn)" t nil)
11412 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11413 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11414 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11415 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11416
11417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11418 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11419
11420 \(fn)" t nil)
11421
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11424 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11425 for this Ibuffer session.
11426
11427 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11430 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11431 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11432 for this Ibuffer session.
11433
11434 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11437 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11438
11439 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11440 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11441
11442 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11443 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11444
11445 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11446
11447 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11448 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11449
11450 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11451 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11452
11453 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11454
11455 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11456 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11457
11458 \(fn)" t nil)
11459
11460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11461 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11462
11463 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11464
11465 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11466 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11467 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11468
11469 \(fn)" t nil)
11470
11471 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11472 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11473
11474 The names are separated by a space.
11475 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11476
11477 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11478 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11479 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11480 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11481
11482 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11483
11484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11485
11486 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11487 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11488
11489 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11492 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11493
11494 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11495
11496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11497 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11498
11499 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11502 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11503
11504 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11505
11506 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11507 Mark all modified buffers.
11508
11509 \(fn)" t nil)
11510
11511 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11512 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11513
11514 \(fn)" t nil)
11515
11516 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11517 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11518
11519 \(fn)" t nil)
11520
11521 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11522 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11523
11524 \(fn)" t nil)
11525
11526 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11527 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11528
11529 \(fn)" t nil)
11530
11531 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11532 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11533
11534 \(fn)" t nil)
11535
11536 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11537 Mark all read-only buffers.
11538
11539 \(fn)" t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11542 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11543
11544 \(fn)" t nil)
11545
11546 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11547 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11548 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11549 defaults to one.
11550
11551 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11552
11553 ;;;***
11554 \f
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11556 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111
11557 ;;;;;; 41826))
11558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11559
11560 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11561 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11562
11563 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11564 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11565 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11566
11567 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11568 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11569 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11570 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11571 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11572 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11573
11574 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11575 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11576 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11577 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11578 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11579
11580 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11581
11582 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11583 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11584 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11585 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11586 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11587
11588 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11589 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11590 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11591
11592 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11593
11594 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11595 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11596 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11597 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11598 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11599 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11600
11601 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11602 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11603 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11604 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11605 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11606 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11607 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11608 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11609 values are:
11610 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11611 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11612 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11613 buffer's modification flag.
11614 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11615 prompted before performing this operation.
11616 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11617 operation is complete, in the form:
11618 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11619 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11620 confirmation message, in the form:
11621 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11622 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11623 macro for exactly what it does.
11624
11625 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11626
11627 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11628 Define a filter named NAME.
11629 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11630 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11631 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11632
11633 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11634 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11635 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11636 bound to the current value of the filter.
11637
11638 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11639
11640 ;;;***
11641 \f
11642 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11643 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16136 53054))
11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11645
11646 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11647 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11648 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11649 buffers which are visiting a file.
11650
11651 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11652
11653 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11654 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11655 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11656 buffers which are visiting a file.
11657
11658 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11659
11660 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11661 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11662 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11663
11664 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11665 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11666 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11667 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11668 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11669 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11670 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11671 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11672 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11673 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11674 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11675 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11676 locally in this buffer.
11677
11678 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11683 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11685
11686 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11687 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11688 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11689
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11691
11692 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11693 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11694 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11695
11696 \(fn)" nil nil)
11697
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965))
11701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11702
11703 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11704 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11705 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11706 Tab indents for Icon code.
11707 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11708 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11709 \\{icon-mode-map}
11710 Variables controlling indentation style:
11711 icon-tab-always-indent
11712 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11713 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11714 icon-auto-newline
11715 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11716 inserted in Icon code.
11717 icon-indent-level
11718 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11719 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11720 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11721 icon-continued-statement-offset
11722 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11723 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11724 icon-continued-brace-offset
11725 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11726 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11727 icon-brace-offset
11728 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11729 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11730 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11731 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11732
11733 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11734 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11735
11736 \(fn)" t nil)
11737
11738 ;;;***
11739 \f
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11741 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11743
11744 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11745 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11746 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11747 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11748
11749 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11750 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11751 separate frames.
11752
11753 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11754 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11755
11756 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11757 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11758 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11759
11760 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11761
11762 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11763
11764 ;;;***
11765 \f
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (16162 11943))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11769
11770 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11771 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11772
11773 The main features of this mode are
11774
11775 1. Indentation and Formatting
11776 --------------------------
11777 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11778 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11779
11780 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11781 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11782 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11783 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11784
11785 Comments are indented as follows:
11786
11787 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11788 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11789 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11790
11791 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11792
11793 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11794 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11795 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11796 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11797 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11798 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11799 recommended).
11800
11801 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11802 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11803 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11804 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11805
11806 2. Routine Info
11807 ------------
11808 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11809 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11810 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11811 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11812 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11813 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11814 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11815 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11816
11817 3. Online IDL Help
11818 ---------------
11819 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11820 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11821 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11822 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11823 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11824
11825 4. Completion
11826 ----------
11827 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11828 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11829 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11830 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11831 mixed or upper case.
11832
11833 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11834 --------------------------------
11835 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11836 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11837
11838 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11839 \\fu FUNCTION template
11840 \\c CASE statement template
11841 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11842 \\f FOR loop template
11843 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11844 \\w WHILE loop template
11845 \\i IF statement template
11846 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11847 \\b BEGIN
11848
11849 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11850 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11851
11852 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11853 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11854 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11855
11856 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11857 -------------------------
11858 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11859 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11860
11861 7. Automatic END completion
11862 ------------------------
11863 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11864 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11865
11866 8. Hooks
11867 -----
11868 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11869 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11870
11871 9. Documentation and Customization
11872 -------------------------------
11873 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11874 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11875 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11876 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11877 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11878
11879 10.Keybindings
11880 -----------
11881 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11882 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11883 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11884
11885 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11886
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11892 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11893 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11894 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11895 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11896 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11897 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11898 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 5129))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11900
11901 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11902 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11903 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11904 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11905 displaying...)
11906 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11907 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11908 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11909
11910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11911 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11912
11913 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11914
11915 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11916 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11917 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11918 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11919 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11920 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11921 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11922 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11923 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11924
11925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11928 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11929 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11930 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11931 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11932 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11933 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11934
11935 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11938 Switch to another buffer.
11939 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11940 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11941 in another frame.
11942
11943 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11944 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11945 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11946 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11947 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11948
11949 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11950 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11951
11952 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11953 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11954
11955 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11956 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11957 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11958 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11959 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11960 in a separate window.
11961 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11962 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11963 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11964 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11965 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11966 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11967 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11968 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11969 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11970
11971 \(fn)" t nil)
11972
11973 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11974 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11976 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11977
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11979
11980 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11981 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11982 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11983 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11988 Kill a buffer.
11989 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11990 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11995 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11996 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11997 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11998
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12002 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12003 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12004 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12005
12006 \(fn)" t nil)
12007
12008 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12009 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12010
12011 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12012
12013 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12014 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12015 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12016 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12017 visible in another frame.
12018
12019 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12020 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12021 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12022 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12023 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12024 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12025
12026 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12027 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12028
12029 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12030 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12031
12032 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12033 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12034 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12035 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12036 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12037 in a separate window.
12038 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12039 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12040 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12041 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12042 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12043 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12044 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12045 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12046 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12047 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12048 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12049 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12050 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12051 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12052 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12053
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12057 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12058 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12060
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12064 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12065 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12066 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12067
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12071 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12072 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12073 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12074
12075 \(fn)" t nil)
12076
12077 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12078 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12079 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12080 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12081
12082 \(fn)" t nil)
12083
12084 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12085 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12086 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12087 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12088
12089 \(fn)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12092 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12093 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12094 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12095
12096 \(fn)" t nil)
12097
12098 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12099 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12100 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12101 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12102
12103 \(fn)" t nil)
12104
12105 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12106 Write current buffer to a file.
12107 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12108 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12109
12110 \(fn)" t nil)
12111
12112 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12113 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12114 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12115 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12116
12117 \(fn)" t nil)
12118
12119 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12120 Call dired the ido way.
12121 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12122 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12123
12124 \(fn)" t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12127 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12128 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12129
12130 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12133 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12134 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12135
12136 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12137
12138 ;;;***
12139 \f
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12142 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12143
12144 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12145 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12146 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12147
12148 \(fn)" t nil)
12149
12150 ;;;***
12151 \f
12152 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12153 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12154 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953))
12155 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12156
12157 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12158 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12159 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12160 be determined.
12161
12162 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12163
12164 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12165 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12166 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12167 be determined.
12168
12169 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12170
12171 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12172 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12173 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12174
12175 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12176
12177 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12178 Create an image.
12179 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12180 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12181 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12182 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12183 use its file extension as image type.
12184 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12185 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12186 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12187 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12188
12189 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12190
12191 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12192 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12193 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12194 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12195 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12196 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12197 POS may be an integer or marker.
12198 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12199 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12200 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12201 means display it in the right marginal area.
12202
12203 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12204
12205 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12206 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12207 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12208 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12209 defaulted if you omit it.
12210 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12211 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12212 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12213 means display it in the right marginal area.
12214
12215 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12216
12217 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12218 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12219 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12220 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12221
12222 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12223
12224 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12225 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12226
12227 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12228
12229 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12230 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12231 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12232 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12233 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12234 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12235 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12236 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12237 satisfied.
12238
12239 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12240
12241 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12242
12243 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12244 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12245
12246 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12247 documentation string.
12248
12249 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12250 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12251 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12252 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12253 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12254 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12255 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12256 define SYMBOL.
12257
12258 Example:
12259
12260 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12261 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12262
12263 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12264
12265 ;;;***
12266 \f
12267 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12268 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12269 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907))
12270 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12271
12272 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12273 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12274 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12275 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12276
12277 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12278 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12279 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12280 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12281
12282 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12283
12284 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12285 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12286 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12287 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12288
12289 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12290 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12291 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12292 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12293
12294 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12295
12296 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12297 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12298
12299 \(fn)" nil nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12302 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12303 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12304 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12305
12306 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12307
12308 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12309 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12310 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12312 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12313
12314 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12315
12316 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12317 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12318 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12319 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12320
12321 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12322 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12323 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12324
12325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12326
12327 ;;;***
12328 \f
12329 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12330 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16072 11522))
12331 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12332
12333 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12334 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12335
12336 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12337
12338 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12339 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12340 in the buffer.
12341
12342 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12343
12344 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12345 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12346 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12347
12348 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12349
12350 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12351 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12352
12353 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12354 to create a buffer index.
12355
12356 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12357 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12358 or like this:
12359 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12360 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12361 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12362 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12363 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12364
12365 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12366 entries are not nested.
12367
12368 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12369 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12370 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12371 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12372
12373 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12374 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12375
12376 The variable is buffer-local.
12377
12378 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12379 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12380 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12381
12382 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12383 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12384 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12385 during matching.")
12386
12387 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12388
12389 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12390 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12391
12392 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12393 of the current buffer as an alist.
12394
12395 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12396 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12397 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12398 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12399 if it is a sub-alist.
12400
12401 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12402
12403 The variable is buffer-local.")
12404
12405 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12406
12407 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12408 Function for finding the next index position.
12409
12410 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12411 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12412 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12413 file.
12414
12415 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12416 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12417
12418 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12419
12420 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12421
12422 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12423 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12424
12425 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12426 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12427 It should return the name for that index item.
12428
12429 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12430
12431 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12432
12433 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12434 Function to compare string with index item.
12435
12436 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12437 non-nil if they match.
12438
12439 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12440 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12441 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12442 arguments match\".
12443
12444 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12445
12446 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12447
12448 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12449 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12450 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12451
12452 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12453
12454 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12455
12456 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12457
12458 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12459 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12460 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12461 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12462
12463 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12464
12465 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12466 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12467
12468 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12469
12470 \(fn)" t nil)
12471
12472 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12473 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12474 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12475 for more information.
12476
12477 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12482 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12483 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16118 44435))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12485
12486 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12487 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12488
12489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12490
12491 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12492 Not documented
12493
12494 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12495
12496 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12497 Not documented
12498
12499 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12500
12501 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12502 Not documented
12503
12504 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12505
12506 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12507 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12508 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12509 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12510 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12511
12512 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12513
12514 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12515 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12516 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12517 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12518 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12519
12520 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12525 ;;;;;; (15678 51473))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12527
12528 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12529 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12530 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12531 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12532 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12533
12534 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12535 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12536
12537 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12538 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12539 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12540 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12541 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12542 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12543 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12544 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12545
12546 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12547 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12548 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12549 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12550 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12551
12552 This variable is only used if the variable
12553 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12554
12555 More precise choices:
12556 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12557 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12558 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12559
12560 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12561
12562 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12563 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12564
12565 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12566 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12567 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12568 to that buffer.
12569 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12570 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12571 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12572 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12573
12574 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12575 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12576
12577 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12578
12579 ;;;***
12580 \f
12581 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12582 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12583 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12584 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12586
12587 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12588 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12589
12590 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12591 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12592
12593 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12594 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12595 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12596 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12597 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12598 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12599
12600 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12601 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12602
12603 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12604 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12605 in all the directories in that path.
12606
12607 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12608
12609 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12610 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12611
12612 \(fn)" t nil)
12613
12614 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12615 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12616 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12617 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12618
12619 \(fn)" nil nil)
12620
12621 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12622 Go to the Info directory node.
12623
12624 \(fn)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12627 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12628 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12629 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12630 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12631 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12632 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12633 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12634 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12635
12636 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12637
12638 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12639 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12640 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12641 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12642 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12643 or string.
12644
12645 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12646
12647 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12648 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12649 KEY is a string.
12650 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12651 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12652 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12653 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12654
12655 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12658 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12659 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12660
12661 \(fn)" t nil)
12662
12663 ;;;***
12664 \f
12665 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12666 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12667 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
12668 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12669
12670 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12671 Throw away all cached data.
12672 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12673 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12674 system.
12675
12676 \(fn)" t nil)
12677
12678 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12679 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12680 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12681 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12682 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12683 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12684
12685 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12686
12687 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12688
12689 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12690 Display the documentation of a file.
12691 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12692 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12693 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12694 The default file name is the one found at point.
12695
12696 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12697
12698 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12699
12700 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12701 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12702
12703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12704
12705 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12706 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12707
12708 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12709
12710 ;;;***
12711 \f
12712 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12713 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15952 18239))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12715
12716 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12717 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12718
12719 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12722 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12723 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12724
12725 \(fn)" t nil)
12726
12727 ;;;***
12728 \f
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12730 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12732
12733 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12734 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12735
12736 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12737
12738 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12739 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12740 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12741
12742 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12743 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12744 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12745
12746 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12747 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12748 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12749 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12750
12751 \(fn)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12754 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12755 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12756
12757 \(fn)" t nil)
12758
12759 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12760 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12761 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12762 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12763 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12764
12765 \(fn)" nil nil)
12766
12767 ;;;***
12768 \f
12769 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12770 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12771 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12773
12774 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12775 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12776
12777 \(fn)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12780 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12781
12782 \(fn)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12785 Not documented
12786
12787 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12788
12789 ;;;***
12790 \f
12791 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12792 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12794
12795 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12796 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12797 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12798 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12799 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12800 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12801
12802 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12803 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12804
12805 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12806 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12807 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12808 \"s gives German sharp s.
12809 /a gives a with ring.
12810 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12811 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12812 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12813 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12814
12815 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12816 and a negative argument disables it.
12817
12818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12819
12820 ;;;***
12821 \f
12822 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12823 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12824 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12825 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961))
12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12827
12828 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12829 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12830 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12831 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12832
12833 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12834
12835 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12836 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12837 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12838 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12839
12840 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12841
12842 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12843 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12844 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12845 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12846
12847 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12848
12849 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12850 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12851 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12852 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12853
12854 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12855
12856 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12857 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12858 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12859 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12860
12861 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12862
12863 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12864 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12865 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12866 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12867
12868 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12869
12870 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12871 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12872 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12873 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12874
12875 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12876
12877 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12878 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12879 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12880 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12881
12882 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12883
12884 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12885 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12886 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12887 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12888
12889 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12890
12891 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12892 Warn that format is read-only.
12893
12894 \(fn)" t nil)
12895
12896 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12897 Warn that format is write-only.
12898
12899 \(fn)" t nil)
12900
12901 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12902 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12903
12904 \(fn)" t nil)
12905
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12909 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12911 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12912 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12913 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12914
12915 ;;;***
12916 \f
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12918 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12919 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12920 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12921 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12922 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16174 61085))
12923 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12924
12925 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12926 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12927 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12928 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12929
12930 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12931
12932 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12933 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12934
12935 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12936
12937 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12938 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12939 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12940 and then re-start emacs.")
12941
12942 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12943
12944 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12945
12946 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12947
12948 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12949
12950 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12951
12952 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12953
12954 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12955
12956 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12957 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12958
12959 Each element of this list is also a list:
12960
12961 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12962 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12963
12964 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12965 nil means the default dictionary.
12966
12967 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12968 word.
12969
12970 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12971
12972 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12973 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12974 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12975 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12976 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12977 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12978 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12979 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12980 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12981
12982 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12983 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12984 single word.
12985
12986 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12987 subprocess.
12988
12989 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12990 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12991 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12992 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12993 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12994 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12995 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12996 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12997
12998 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12999
13000 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13001 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13002 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13003
13004 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13005
13006 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13007 Key map for ispell menu.")
13008
13009 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13010 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13011 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13012 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13013
13014 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13015
13016 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13017
13018 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13019
13020 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13021
13022 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13023
13024 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13025 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13026 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13027 Valid forms include:
13028 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13029 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13030 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13031 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13032
13033 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13034 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13035 First list is used raw.
13036 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13037
13038 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13039 for skipping in latex mode.")
13040
13041 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13042 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13043 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13044 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13045 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13046 >]\").")
13047 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13048
13049 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13050 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13051 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13052 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13053
13054 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13055 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13056 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13057 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13058 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13059
13060 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13061 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13062
13063 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13064
13065 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13066 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13067
13068 return values:
13069 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13070 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13071 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13072 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13073 quit spell session exited.
13074
13075 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13076
13077 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13078 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13079 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13080
13081 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13084 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13085
13086 Selections are:
13087
13088 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13089 SPC: Accept word this time.
13090 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13091 `a': Accept word for this session.
13092 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13093 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13094 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13095 `?': Show these commands.
13096 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13097 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13098 the aborted check to be completed later.
13099 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13100 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13101 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13102 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13103 `C-l': redraws screen
13104 `C-r': recursive edit
13105 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13106
13107 \(fn)" nil nil)
13108
13109 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13110 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13111 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13112
13113 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13116 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13117 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13118
13119 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13120
13121 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13122
13123 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13124
13125 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13126 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13127 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13128 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13129
13130 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13133 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13134
13135 \(fn)" t nil)
13136
13137 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13138 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13139
13140 \(fn)" t nil)
13141
13142 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13143 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13144
13145 \(fn)" t nil)
13146
13147 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13148 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13149 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13150 sequence inside of a word.
13151
13152 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13153
13154 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13155
13156 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13157 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13158
13159 \(fn)" t nil)
13160
13161 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13162 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13163 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13164 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13165
13166 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13167 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13168 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13169 available on the net.
13170
13171 \(fn)" t nil)
13172
13173 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13174 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13175 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13176
13177 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13178 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13179
13180 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13181 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13182
13183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13184
13185 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13186 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13187 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13188 Don't check included messages.
13189
13190 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13191 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13192 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13193
13194 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13195 in your .emacs file:
13196 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13197 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13198 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13199 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13200
13201 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13202 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13203 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13204
13205 \(fn)" t nil)
13206
13207 ;;;***
13208 \f
13209 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13210 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13211 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788))
13212 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13213
13214 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13215 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13216 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13217 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13218 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13219 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13220
13221 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13222
13223 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13224 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13225 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13226 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13227
13228 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13229
13230 \(fn)" t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13233 Switch to another buffer.
13234
13235 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13236 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13237 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13238 in another frame.
13239 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13240
13241 \(fn)" t nil)
13242
13243 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13244 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13245 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13246 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13247
13248 \(fn)" t nil)
13249
13250 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13251 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13252 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13253 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13254
13255 \(fn)" t nil)
13256
13257 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13258 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13259 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13260 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13261
13262 \(fn)" t nil)
13263
13264 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13265 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13266 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13268 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13269
13270 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13271
13272 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13273 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13274 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13275 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13276 `iswitchb' for details.
13277
13278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13279
13280 ;;;***
13281 \f
13282 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13283 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13284 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13285 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16118 44435))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13287
13288 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13289 Not documented
13290
13291 \(fn)" nil nil)
13292
13293 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13294 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13295 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13296 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13297 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13298 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13299 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13300 necessary to represent OBJ.
13301
13302 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13303
13304 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13305 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13306 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13307 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13308
13309 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13310
13311 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13312 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13313 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13314 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13315 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13316
13317 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13320 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13323
13324 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13325
13326 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13327 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13328 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13329 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13330
13331 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13334 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13335
13336 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13337
13338 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13339 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13340 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13341 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13342 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13343
13344 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13345
13346 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13347 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13348 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13349 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13350 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13351
13352 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13353
13354 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13355 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13356 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13357
13358 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13359
13360 ;;;***
13361 \f
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941
13363 ;;;;;; 42953))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13365
13366 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13367 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13368 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13369 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13370 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13371
13372 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13373
13374 ;;;***
13375 \f
13376 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13377 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13379
13380 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13381 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13382 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13384 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13385
13386 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13387
13388 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13389 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13390 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13391 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13392
13393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13396 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13397
13398 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13399
13400 ;;;***
13401 \f
13402 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13403 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13404 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
13405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13406
13407 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13408 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13409 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13410 decimal key must be specified.")
13411
13412 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13413
13414 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13415 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13416 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13417 decimal key must be specified.")
13418
13419 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13420
13421 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13422 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13423 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13424 decimal key must be specified.")
13425
13426 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13427
13428 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13429 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13431 decimal key must be specified.")
13432
13433 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13434
13435 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13436 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13437 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13438 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13439 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13440 keys are bound.
13441
13442 Setup Binding
13443 -------------------------------------------------------------
13444 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13445 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13446 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13447 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13448 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13449 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13450 in the global and local keymaps.
13451
13452 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13453 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13454
13455 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13456
13457 ;;;***
13458 \f
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13460 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13462
13463 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13464 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13465 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13466
13467 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13468 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13469 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13470 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13471 shorter.
13472
13473 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13474 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13475 the context of text formatting.
13476
13477 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13478
13479 ;;;***
13480 \f
13481 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16153
13482 ;;;;;; 36586))
13483 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13484
13485 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13486 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13487 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13488 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13489 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13490 positions that contains the current selection.")
13491
13492 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13493 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13494 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13495 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13496 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13497 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13498 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13499
13500 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13501
13502 ;;;***
13503 \f
13504 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13505 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13506 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13507 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16016 56429))
13508 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13509 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13510 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13511 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13512 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13513 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13514 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13515 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13516
13517 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13518 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13519 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13520 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13521 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13522 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13523 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13524
13525 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13526 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13527 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13528
13529 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13530 defining the macro.
13531
13532 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13533 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13534 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13535
13536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13537
13538 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13539 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13540 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13541 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13542 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13543 under that name.
13544
13545 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13546 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13547 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13548
13549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13552 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13553 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13554
13555 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13556 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13557 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13558 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13559
13560 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13561 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13562
13563 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13564
13565 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13566 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13567 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13568
13569 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13570 macro.
13571
13572 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13573 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13574
13575 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13576 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13577 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13578
13579 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13580 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13581
13582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13583
13584 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13585 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13586 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13587 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13588
13589 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13590
13591 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13592 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13593 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13594 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13595
13596 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13597 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13598
13599 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13600
13601 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13602 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13603 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13604
13605 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13606
13607 ;;;***
13608 \f
13609 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13610 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16118 44435))
13611 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13612
13613 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13614 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13615 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13616
13617 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13618 Not documented
13619
13620 \(fn)" nil nil)
13621
13622 ;;;***
13623 \f
13624 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13625 ;;;;;; (15924 18775))
13626 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13627
13628 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13629
13630 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13631 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13632
13633 \(fn)" t nil)
13634
13635 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13636
13637 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13638 Start or resume an Lm game.
13639 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13640 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13641
13642 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13643 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13644 none / 1 | yes | no
13645 2 | yes | yes
13646 3 | no | yes
13647 4 | no | no
13648
13649 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13650 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13651 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13652
13653 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13654
13655 ;;;***
13656 \f
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13658 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13659 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16118
13660 ;;;;;; 44435))
13661 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13662
13663 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13664 Not documented
13665
13666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13667
13668 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13669 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13670 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13671 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13672 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13673 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13674
13675 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13676 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13677
13678 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13679
13680 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13681 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13682
13683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13684
13685 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13686 Not documented
13687
13688 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13689
13690 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13691 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13692 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13693 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13694 to compose.
13695
13696 The return value is number of composed characters.
13697
13698 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13699
13700 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13701 Not documented
13702
13703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13704
13705 ;;;***
13706 \f
13707 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13708 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672))
13709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13710
13711 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13712 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13713 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13714 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13715 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13716 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13717 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13718 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13719
13720 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13721 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13722
13723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13724 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13725
13726 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13727
13728 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13729 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13730 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13731 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13732 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13733 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13734 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13735 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13736
13737 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13738
13739 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13740 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13741 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13742 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13743
13744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13745 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13746
13747 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13748
13749 ;;;***
13750 \f
13751 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13752 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13754
13755 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13756 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13757 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13758 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13759
13760 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13761
13762 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13763 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13764 JIT Lock's favor.
13765
13766 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13767
13768 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13769 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13770 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13771 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13772 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13773 for large buffers.
13774
13775 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13776 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13777 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13778 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13779 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13780
13781 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13782 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13783 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13784 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13785 slow to keep up with your typing.
13786
13787 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13788 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13789 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13790 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13791 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13792 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13793
13794 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13795 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13796 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13797 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13798
13799 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13800 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13801 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13802 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13803
13804 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13805 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13806 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13807 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13808 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13809
13810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13811
13812 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13813 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13814
13815 \(fn)" nil nil)
13816
13817 ;;;***
13818 \f
13819 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13820 ;;;;;; (15186 43677))
13821 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13822
13823 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13824 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13825
13826 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13827 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13828
13829 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13830 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13831
13832 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13833 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13834 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13835 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13836 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13837 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13838 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13839 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13840 and transmit saved text.
13841 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13842 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13843 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13848 Not documented
13849
13850 \(fn)" nil nil)
13851
13852 ;;;***
13853 \f
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963))
13855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13856
13857 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13858 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13859 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13860 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13861 generations (this defaults to 1).
13862
13863 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13864
13865 ;;;***
13866 \f
13867 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781
13868 ;;;;;; 48896))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13870
13871 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13872 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13873 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13874 is nil, raise an error.
13875
13876 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13877
13878 ;;;***
13879 \f
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13881 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13883
13884 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13885 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13886 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13887
13888 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13891 Run the locate command with a filter.
13892
13893 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13894 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13895
13896 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13897
13898 ;;;***
13899 \f
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13902
13903 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13904 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13905 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13906 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13907 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13908 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13909 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13910 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13911 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13912 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13913 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13914 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13915 uses the current buffer.
13916
13917 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13918
13919 ;;;***
13920 \f
13921 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070
13922 ;;;;;; 35806))
13923 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13924
13925 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13926 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13927
13928 \(fn)" t nil)
13929
13930 ;;;***
13931 \f
13932 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13933 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16174
13934 ;;;;;; 61085))
13935 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13936
13937 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13938
13939 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13940
13941 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13942 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13943 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13944
13945 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13946 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13947
13948 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13949 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13950 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13951 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13952 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13953 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13954 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13955
13956 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13957
13958 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13959 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13960 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13961 switch on this list.
13962 See `lpr-command'.")
13963
13964 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13965
13966 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13967 *Name of program for printing a file.
13968
13969 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13970 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13971 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13972 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13973 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13974 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13975 argument.")
13976
13977 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13978
13979 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13980 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13981 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13982 for customization of the printer command.
13983
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13987 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13988
13989 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13990 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13991 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13992 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13993
13994 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13995 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13996
13997 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13998 for further customization of the printer command.
13999
14000 \(fn)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14003 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14004 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14005 for customization of the printer command.
14006
14007 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14010 Paginate and print the region contents.
14011
14012 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14013 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14014 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14015 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14016
14017 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14018 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14019
14020 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14021 for further customization of the printer command.
14022
14023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14024
14025 ;;;***
14026 \f
14027 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14028 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
14029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14030
14031 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14032 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14033 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14034
14035 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14036
14037 ;;;***
14038 \f
14039 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16174
14040 ;;;;;; 61085))
14041 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14042
14043 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14044 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14045 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14046
14047 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14048
14049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14050
14051 ;;;***
14052 \f
14053 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941
14054 ;;;;;; 42965))
14055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14056
14057 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14058 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14059 \\{m4-mode-map}
14060
14061 \(fn)" t nil)
14062
14063 ;;;***
14064 \f
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14066 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16162 11942))
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14068
14069 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14070 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14071 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14072 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14073 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14074
14075 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14076
14077 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14078 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14079 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14080 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14081
14082 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14083 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14084 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14085 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14086 bindings.
14087
14088 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14089 use this command, and then save the file.
14090
14091 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14094 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14095 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14096 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14097 each time the macro executes.
14098 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14099 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14100 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14101 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14102 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14103 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14104 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14105
14106 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14109 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14110 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14111
14112 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14113 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14114 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14115 execute.
14116
14117 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14118 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14119
14120 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14121 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14122 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14123 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14124 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14125
14126 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14127 looked like this:
14128
14129 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14130 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14131 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14132
14133 You could enter the names in this format:
14134
14135 foo
14136 bar
14137 baz
14138
14139 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14140
14141 \\C-x (
14142 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14143 \\C-x )
14144
14145 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14146 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14147
14148 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14149 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14150
14151 ;;;***
14152 \f
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14154 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14156
14157 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14158 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14159 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14160 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14161 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14162
14163 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14164 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14165 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14166 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14167 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14168
14169 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14170 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14171 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14172 consing a string.)
14173
14174 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14177 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14178
14179 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14180
14181 ;;;***
14182 \f
14183 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14184 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14185 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14186 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14187
14188 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14189 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14190
14191 \(fn)" nil nil)
14192
14193 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14194 Not documented
14195
14196 \(fn)" nil nil)
14197
14198 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14199 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14200
14201 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14202
14203 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14204 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14205 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14206 message.
14207
14208 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14209
14210 \(fn)" nil nil)
14211
14212 ;;;***
14213 \f
14214 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14215 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14216 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941
14217 ;;;;;; 42961))
14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14219
14220 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14221 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14222 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14223 often correct parser.")
14224
14225 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14226
14227 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14228 Not documented
14229
14230 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14231
14232 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14233 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14234 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14235 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14236
14237 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14238
14239 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14240 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14241 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14242 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14243
14244 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14245
14246 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14247 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14248 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14249 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14250
14251 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14254 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14255 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14256 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14257 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14258 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14259
14260 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14261
14262 ;;;***
14263 \f
14264 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14265 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773))
14266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14267
14268 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14269 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14270
14271 \(fn)" nil nil)
14272
14273 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14274 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14275 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14276
14277 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14278
14279 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14280 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14281 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14282
14283 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14284
14285 ;;;***
14286 \f
14287 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14288 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16066
14289 ;;;;;; 53440))
14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14291
14292 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14293 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14294 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14295 king@grassland.com
14296 If `parens', they look like:
14297 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14298 If `angles', they look like:
14299 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14300
14301 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14302
14303 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14304 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14305 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14306 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14307 their `Resent-' variants.
14308
14309 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14310 removed from alias expansions.
14311
14312 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14315 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14316 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14317
14318 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14319 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14320 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14321 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14322
14323 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14324
14325 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14326 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14327 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14328 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14329
14330 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14331
14332 ;;;***
14333 \f
14334 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14335 ;;;;;; (15997 672))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14337
14338 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14339 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14340 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14341
14342 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14343
14344 In the browser, use the following keys:
14345
14346 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14347
14348 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14349
14350 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14351 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14352
14353 `makefile-target-colon':
14354 The string that gets appended to all target names
14355 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14356 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14357
14358 `makefile-macro-assign':
14359 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14360 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14361 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14362 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14363 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14364 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14365
14366 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14367 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14368 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14369
14370 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14371 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14372
14373 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14374 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14375 up or down in the browser.
14376
14377 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14378 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14379
14380 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14381 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14382
14383 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14384 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14385 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14386 has been selected in the browser.
14387
14388 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14389 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14390 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14391 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14392 filenames are omitted.
14393
14394 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14395 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14396 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14397 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14398 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14399 the backslash itself intact.
14400 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14401 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14402
14403 `makefile-browser-hook':
14404 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14405 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14406
14407 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14408 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14409 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14410 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14411
14412 \(fn)" t nil)
14413
14414 ;;;***
14415 \f
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14417 ;;;;;; 28917))
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14419
14420 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14421 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14422 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14423
14424 \(fn)" t nil)
14425
14426 ;;;***
14427 \f
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14430
14431 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14432
14433 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14434 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14435 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14436 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14437 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14438 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14439 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14440
14441 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14442 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14443 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14444 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14445
14446 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14447
14448 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14449 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14450
14451 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14452
14453 ;;;***
14454 \f
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956))
14456 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14457
14458 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14459 Toggle Master mode.
14460 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14461 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14462 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14463
14464 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14465 following commands:
14466
14467 \\{master-mode-map}
14468
14469 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14470 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14471 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14472
14473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14474
14475 ;;;***
14476 \f
14477 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16162
14478 ;;;;;; 11942))
14479 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14480
14481 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14482
14483 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14484 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14485 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14487 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14488
14489 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14490
14491 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14492 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14493 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14494 created in the future.
14495 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14496 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14497
14498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14499
14500 ;;;***
14501 \f
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14503 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14504 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14505 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14506 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14507 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14508 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14509 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14510 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14511 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808))
14512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14513
14514 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14515 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14516
14517 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14518 king@grassland.com
14519 If `parens', they look like:
14520 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14521 If `angles', they look like:
14522 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14523
14524 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14525 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14526
14527 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14528
14529 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14530 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14531
14532 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14533
14534 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14535 *Local news organization file.")
14536
14537 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14538
14539 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14540 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14541 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14542 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14543
14544 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14545 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14546 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14547
14548 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14549
14550 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14551
14552 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14553 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14554
14555 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14556
14557 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14558 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14559
14560 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14561
14562 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14563 *Function for citing an original message.
14564 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14565 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14566 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14567
14568 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14569
14570 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14571 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14572 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14573 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14574 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14575
14576 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14577
14578 (defvar message-signature t "\
14579 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14580 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14581 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14582 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14583
14584 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14585
14586 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14587 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14588 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14589 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14590
14591 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14592
14593 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14594
14595 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14596 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14597 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14598 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14599 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14600 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14601 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14602 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14603 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14604 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14605 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14606 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14607 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14608 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14609 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14610 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14611 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14612 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14613 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14614 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14615 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14616 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14617 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14618 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14619 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14620
14621 \(fn)" t nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14624 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14625 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14626
14627 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14628
14629 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14630 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14631
14632 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14633
14634 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14635 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14636
14637 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14640 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14641
14642 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14645 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14646 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14647
14648 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14649
14650 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14651 Cancel an article you posted.
14652 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14653
14654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14655
14656 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14657 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14658 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14659 header line with the old Message-ID.
14660
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14662
14663 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14664 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14665
14666 \(fn)" t nil)
14667
14668 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14669 Forward the current message via mail.
14670 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14671 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14672
14673 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14674
14675 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14676 Not documented
14677
14678 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14679
14680 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14681 Not documented
14682
14683 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14684
14685 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14686 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14687
14688 \(fn)" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14691 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14692
14693 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14694
14695 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14696 Re-mail the current message.
14697 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14698 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14699 you.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14704 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14705
14706 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14709 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14710
14711 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14712
14713 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14714 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14715
14716 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14719 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14720
14721 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14722
14723 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14724 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14725 Works by overstriking characters.
14726 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14727 which specify the range to operate on.
14728
14729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14732 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14733 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14734 which specify the range to operate on.
14735
14736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14737
14738 ;;;***
14739 \f
14740 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14741 ;;;;;; (15961 24155))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14743
14744 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14745 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14746 Special commands:
14747 \\{meta-mode-map}
14748
14749 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14750 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14751
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14753
14754 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14755 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14756 Special commands:
14757 \\{meta-mode-map}
14758
14759 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14760 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 ;;;***
14765 \f
14766 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14767 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14768 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14770
14771 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14772 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14773 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14774
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14776
14777 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14778 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14779 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14780 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14781 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14782 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14783 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14784
14785 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14788 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14789 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14790 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14791 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14792 means current).
14793 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14794 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14795
14796 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14799 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14800 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14801 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14802 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14803 means current).
14804 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14805 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14806
14807 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14808
14809 ;;;***
14810 \f
14811 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14812 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054
14813 ;;;;;; 60750))
14814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14815
14816 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14817 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14818 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14819 to the MH mail system.
14820
14821 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14826 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14827 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14828 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14829 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14830 that want to create a mail buffer.
14831 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14832 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14833 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14834
14835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14836
14837 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14838 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14839 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14840
14841 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14842 initial Subject field, respectively.
14843
14844 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14845 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14846 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14847
14848 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14849
14850 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14851
14852 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14853 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14854 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14855 to the MH mail system.
14856
14857 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14858
14859 \(fn)" t nil)
14860
14861 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14862 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14863
14864 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14865 using the MH mail handling system.
14866
14867 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14868 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14869 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14870 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14871 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14872 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14873 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14874
14875 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14876 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14877
14878 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14879 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14880
14881 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14882
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14884 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14885
14886 ;;;***
14887 \f
14888 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14889 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
14890 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14891
14892 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14893 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14894 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14895 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14896
14897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14900 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14901 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14902 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14903
14904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14907 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14908
14909 \(fn)" t nil)
14910
14911 ;;;***
14912 \f
14913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750))
14914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14915
14916 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14917
14918 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14919
14920 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14921
14922 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14923
14924 ;;;***
14925 \f
14926 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14927 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 43679))
14928 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14929
14930 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14931 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14932 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14933 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14934 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14935 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14936 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14937 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14938 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14939 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14940 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14941
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14945 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14946 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14947 to its second argument TM.
14948
14949 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14950
14951 ;;;***
14952 \f
14953 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14954 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956))
14955 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14956
14957 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14958 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14959 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14961 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14962
14963 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14964
14965 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14966 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14967 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14968 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14969 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14970 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14971 default indication.
14972
14973 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14974 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14975
14976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14977
14978 ;;;***
14979 \f
14980 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14981 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14983
14984 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14985 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14986 \\{mixal-mode-map}
14987
14988 \(fn)" t nil)
14989
14990 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14991
14992 ;;;***
14993 \f
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14995 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (16118 44435))
14996 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
14997
14998 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
14999 Not documented
15000
15001 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15002
15003 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15004 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15005 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15006 PATTERN regexp.
15007
15008 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15009
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15013 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15015
15016 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15017 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15018 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15019 the entire message.
15020 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15021
15022 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15023
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15027 ;;;;;; (15961 24153))
15028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15029
15030 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15031 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15032
15033 \(fn)" nil nil)
15034
15035 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15036 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15037
15038 \(fn)" nil nil)
15039
15040 ;;;***
15041 \f
15042 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15043 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15045
15046 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15047 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15048 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15049 followed by the first character of the construct.
15050 \\<m2-mode-map>
15051 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15052 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15053 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15054 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15055 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15056 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15057 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15058 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15059 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15060 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15061 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15062 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15063 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15064 \\[m2-link] link
15065
15066 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15067 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15068 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15069
15070 \(fn)" t nil)
15071
15072 ;;;***
15073 \f
15074 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15075 ;;;;;; (15856 53275))
15076 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15077
15078 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15079 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15080
15081 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15084 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15085
15086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15087
15088 ;;;***
15089 \f
15090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16162
15091 ;;;;;; 11942))
15092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15093
15094 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15095 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15096 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15099
15100 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15101
15102 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15103 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15104 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15105 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15106
15107 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15108
15109 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15110
15111 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15112
15113 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15114 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15115 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15116 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15117 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15118 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15119
15120 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15121 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15122 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15123 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15124 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15125
15126 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15127 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15128
15129 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15130 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15131
15132 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15133
15134 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15135 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15136 primary selection and region.
15137
15138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15139
15140 ;;;***
15141 \f
15142 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16066 53440))
15143 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15144
15145 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15146 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15147
15148 \(fn)" t nil)
15149
15150 ;;;***
15151 \f
15152 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15154
15155 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15156 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15157 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15159 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15160
15161 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15162
15163 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15164 Toggle Msb mode.
15165 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15166 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15167 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15168
15169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15170
15171 ;;;***
15172 \f
15173 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15174 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15175 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15176 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15177 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15178 ;;;;;; (16174 63062))
15179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15180
15181 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15182 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15183 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15184 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15185 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15186 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15187 set of ISO charsets.
15188
15189 Each element has the following format:
15190 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15191
15192 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15193
15194 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15195 CHARSET are mapped.
15196
15197 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15198 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15199 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15200 character code in CHARSET.
15201
15202 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15203 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15204 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15205 or
15206 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15207 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15208 TO2, or...
15209 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15210 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15211
15212 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15213 Display a list of all character sets.
15214
15215 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15216 internal Emacs use.
15217
15218 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15219 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15220 hexadecimal digits.
15221 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15222 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15223
15224 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15225 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15226 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15227 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15228
15229 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15230 but still shows the full information.
15231
15232 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15233
15234 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15235 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15236 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15237 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15238 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15239
15240 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15241 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15242 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15243 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15244 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15245
15246 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15247
15248 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15249 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15250 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15251 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15252 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15253
15254 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15255
15256 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15257 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15258
15259 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15260
15261 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15262 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15263
15264 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15265
15266 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15267 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15268
15269 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15270 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15271 in place of `..':
15272 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15273 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15274 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15275 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15276 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15277 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15278 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15279 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15280 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15281 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15282 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15283 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15284 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15285 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15286 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15287 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15288
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15292 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15293
15294 \(fn)" t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15297 Display a list of all coding systems.
15298 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15299
15300 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15301 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15302
15303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15304
15305 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15306 Display a list of all coding categories.
15307
15308 \(fn)" nil nil)
15309
15310 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15311 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15312
15313 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15316 Display information about FONTSET.
15317 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15318
15319 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15322 Display a list of all fontsets.
15323 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15324 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15325 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15326
15327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15330 Display information about all input methods.
15331
15332 \(fn)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15335 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15336
15337 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15338 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15339 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15340 system which uses fontsets).
15341
15342 \(fn)" t nil)
15343
15344 ;;;***
15345 \f
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15347 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15348 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15349 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15350 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15351 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15829 28908))
15352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15353
15354 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15355 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15356 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15357
15358 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15359
15360 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15361
15362 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15363 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15364
15365 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15366 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15367
15368 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15369 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15370
15371 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15372
15373 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15374 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15375 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15376 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15377 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15378 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15379 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15380
15381 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15382 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15383 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15384 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15385 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15386 middle of a character in STR.
15387
15388 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15389 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15390
15391 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15392 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15393 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15394 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15395 defaults to \"...\".
15396
15397 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15398
15399 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15400
15401 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15402
15403 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15404 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15405
15406 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15407 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15408 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15409
15410 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15411 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15412 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15413
15414 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15415 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15416 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15417 is considered.
15418 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15419 longer than KEYSEQ.
15420 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15421
15422 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15423
15424 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15425 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15426 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15427 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15428 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15429 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15430 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15431 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15432 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15433 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15434 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15435
15436 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15437
15438 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15439 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15440
15441 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15444 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15445
15446 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15447
15448 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15449 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15450
15451 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15452
15453 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15454 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15455
15456 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15457
15458 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15459 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15460 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15461 or one is an alias of the other.
15462
15463 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15464
15465 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15466 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15467 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15468 coding systems ordered by priority.
15469
15470 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15471
15472 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15473 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15474 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15475 language environment LANG-ENV.
15476
15477 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15478
15479 ;;;***
15480 \f
15481 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15482 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
15483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15484
15485 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15486 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15487 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15489 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15490
15491 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15492
15493 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15494 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15495 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15496 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15497
15498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15499
15500 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15501 Enable mouse wheel support.
15502
15503 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15504
15505 ;;;***
15506 \f
15507 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15508 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15509 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15510 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193))
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15512
15513 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15514 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15515
15516 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15517
15518 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15519 Ping HOST.
15520 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15521 `ping-program-options'.
15522
15523 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15524
15525 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15526 Run ipconfig program.
15527
15528 \(fn)" t nil)
15529
15530 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15531
15532 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15533 Run netstat program.
15534
15535 \(fn)" t nil)
15536
15537 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15538 Run the arp program.
15539
15540 \(fn)" t nil)
15541
15542 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15543 Run the route program.
15544
15545 \(fn)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15548 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15549
15550 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15553 Run nslookup program.
15554
15555 \(fn)" t nil)
15556
15557 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15558 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15559
15560 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15561
15562 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15563 Run dig program.
15564
15565 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15566
15567 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15568 Run ftp program.
15569
15570 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15571
15572 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15573 Finger USER on HOST.
15574
15575 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15576
15577 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15578 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15579 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15580 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15581
15582 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15585 Not documented
15586
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15588
15589 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15590 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15591
15592 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15593
15594 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15595 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15596
15597 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15598
15599 ;;;***
15600 \f
15601 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15602 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15603 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15604 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15605 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16136 53054))
15606 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15607
15608 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15609
15610 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15611
15612 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15613
15614 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15615
15616 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15617 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15618 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15619 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15620 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15621 Major modes should set this variable.")
15622
15623 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15624 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15625 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15626 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15627 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15628 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15629
15630 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15631
15632 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15633 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15634
15635 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15636 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15637 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15638 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15639
15640 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15641 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15642
15643 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15644 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15645 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15646
15647 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15648 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15649 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15650 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15651 column indentation or nil.
15652 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15653
15654 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15655 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15656 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15657
15658 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15659
15660 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15661 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15662 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15663 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15664
15665 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15666 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15667
15668 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15669
15670 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15671 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15672 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15673
15674 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15675
15676 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15677 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15678 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15679 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15680 the variables are properly set.
15681
15682 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15683
15684 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15685 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15686
15687 \(fn)" nil nil)
15688
15689 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15690 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15691 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15692
15693 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15694
15695 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15696 Set the comment column based on point.
15697 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15698 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15699 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15700 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15701
15702 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15705 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15706 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15707
15708 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15709
15710 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15711 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15712 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15713 comment markers.
15714
15715 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15716
15717 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15718 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15719 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15720 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15721 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15722 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15723 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15724 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15725
15726 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15727 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15728
15729 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15732 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15733 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15734 is passed on to the respective function.
15735
15736 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15737
15738 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15739 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15740 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15741 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15742 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15743 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15744 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15745 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15746
15747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15750 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15751 This indents the body of the continued comment
15752 under the previous comment line.
15753
15754 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15755 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15756 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15757
15758 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15759 or comment indentation.
15760
15761 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15762 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15763
15764 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15765
15766 ;;;***
15767 \f
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941
15769 ;;;;;; 42960))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15771
15772 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15773 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15774 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15775 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15776 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15777 symbol in the alist.
15778
15779 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15780
15781 ;;;***
15782 \f
15783 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15784 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
15785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15786
15787 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15788 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15789 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15790
15791 \(fn)" t nil)
15792
15793 ;;;***
15794 \f
15795 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15796 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15798
15799 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15800 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15801 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15802
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15804
15805 ;;;***
15806 \f
15807 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15808 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15810
15811 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15812 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15813
15814 \(fn)" t nil)
15815
15816 ;;;***
15817 \f
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15819 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15821
15822 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15823 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15824
15825 \(fn)" t nil)
15826
15827 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15828 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15829
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15831
15832 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15833 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15834
15835 \(fn)" t nil)
15836
15837 ;;;***
15838 \f
15839 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15840 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 43128))
15841 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15842
15843 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15844 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15845 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15846
15847 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15848 Not documented
15849
15850 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15851
15852 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15853 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15854 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15855 to future sessions.
15856
15857 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15858
15859 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15860 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15861 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15862 to future sessions.
15863
15864 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15865
15866 ;;;***
15867 \f
15868 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15869 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15871
15872 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15873 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15874 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15875 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15876 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15877 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15878
15879 \(fn)" t nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15884 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15886
15887 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15888 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15889 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15890 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15891 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15892
15893 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15894
15895 ;;;***
15896 \f
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15898 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15900
15901 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15902 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15903 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15904
15905 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15906
15907 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15908 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15909
15910 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15911 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15912 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15913
15914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15915
15916 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15917
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15921 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15923
15924 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15925 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15926
15927 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15928 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15929 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15930 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15931
15932 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15933 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15934 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15935 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15936 is why you need this mode!).
15937
15938 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15939 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15940 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15941
15942 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15943
15944 Keybindings
15945 ===========
15946
15947 \\{octave-mode-map}
15948
15949 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15950 ==============================================
15951
15952 octave-auto-indent
15953 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15954 Default is nil.
15955
15956 octave-auto-newline
15957 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15958 Default is nil.
15959
15960 octave-blink-matching-block
15961 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15962 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15963
15964 octave-block-offset
15965 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15966 Default is 2.
15967
15968 octave-continuation-offset
15969 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15970 Default is 4.
15971
15972 octave-continuation-string
15973 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15974 Default is a backslash.
15975
15976 octave-mode-startup-message
15977 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15978 Default is t.
15979
15980 octave-send-echo-input
15981 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15982 command to the inferior Octave process.
15983
15984 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15985 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15986 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15987
15988 octave-send-echo-input
15989 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15990
15991 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15992
15993 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15994 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15995
15996 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15997 (setq auto-mode-alist
15998 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15999
16000 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16001 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16002
16003 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16004 (lambda ()
16005 (abbrev-mode 1)
16006 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16007 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16008 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16009
16010 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16011 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16012 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16013 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16014
16015 \(fn)" t nil)
16016
16017 ;;;***
16018 \f
16019 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16020 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
16021 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16022
16023 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16024 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16025 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16026
16027 \(fn)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16030 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16031 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16032 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16033 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16034
16035 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16036
16037 \(fn)" t nil)
16038
16039 ;;;***
16040 \f
16041 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16042 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16044
16045 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16046 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16047 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16048 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16049
16050 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16051 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16052 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16053 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16054
16055 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16056 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16057 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16058 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16059 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16060 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16061
16062 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16063 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16064 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16065
16066 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16067 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16068 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16069 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16070 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16071 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16072 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16073 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16074 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16075 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16076 The subheadings remain visible.
16077 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16078
16079 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16080 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16081 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16082
16083 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16084 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16085
16086 \(fn)" t nil)
16087
16088 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16089 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16090 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16091 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16092
16093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16094
16095 ;;;***
16096 \f
16097 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956))
16098 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16099
16100 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16101 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16102 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16104 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16105
16106 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16107
16108 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16109 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16110 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16111 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16112
16113 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16114 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16115
16116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16117
16118 ;;;***
16119 \f
16120 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941
16121 ;;;;;; 42965))
16122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16123
16124 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16125 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16126 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16127
16128 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16129 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16130
16131 Other useful functions are:
16132
16133 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16134 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16135 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16136 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16137 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16138 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16139 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16140 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16141 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16142
16143 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16144
16145 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16146 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16147 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16148 Indentation for case statements.
16149 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16150 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16151 mark after an end.
16152 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16153 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16154 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16155 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16156 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16157 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16158 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16159 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16160 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16161 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16162
16163 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16164 pascal-separator-keywords.
16165
16166 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16167 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16168
16169 \(fn)" t nil)
16170
16171 ;;;***
16172 \f
16173 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16174 ;;;;;; (15223 38063))
16175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16176
16177 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16178 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16179 The keys affected are:
16180 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16181 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16182 M-Backspace does undo.
16183 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16184 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16185 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16186
16187 \(fn)" t nil)
16188
16189 ;;;***
16190 \f
16191 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16192 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958))
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16194
16195 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16196 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16197 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16199 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16200
16201 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16202
16203 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16204 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16205
16206 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16207
16208 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16209 which modify the status of the mark.
16210
16211 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16212 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16213
16214 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16215 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16216
16217 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16218 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16219 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16220 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16221 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16222
16223 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16224 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16225
16226 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16227 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16228 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16229
16230 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16231 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16232 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16233
16234 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16235 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16236
16237 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16238 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16239 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16240
16241 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16242 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16243 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16244
16245 F6 other-window
16246 DELETE delete-char
16247 C-DELETE kill-line
16248 M-DELETE kill-word
16249 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16250 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16251 M-BACKSPACE undo
16252
16253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16254
16255 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16256 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16257 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16258 and cursor movement commands.
16259 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16260 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16261
16262 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16263
16264 ;;;***
16265 \f
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678
16267 ;;;;;; 51468))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16269
16270 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16271 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16272
16273 \(fn)" nil nil)
16274
16275 ;;;***
16276 \f
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16278 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 43679))
16279 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16280
16281 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16282 Completion for `gzip'.
16283
16284 \(fn)" nil nil)
16285
16286 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16287 Completion for `bzip2'.
16288
16289 \(fn)" nil nil)
16290
16291 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16292 Completion for GNU `make'.
16293
16294 \(fn)" nil nil)
16295
16296 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16297 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16298
16299 \(fn)" nil nil)
16300
16301 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16302
16303 ;;;***
16304 \f
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16306 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 43679))
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16308
16309 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16310 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16311
16312 \(fn)" nil nil)
16313
16314 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16315 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16316
16317 \(fn)" nil nil)
16318
16319 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16320 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16321
16322 \(fn)" nil nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
16327 ;;;;;; 43679))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16329
16330 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16331 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16332 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16333 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16334 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16335 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16336
16337 \(fn)" nil nil)
16338
16339 ;;;***
16340 \f
16341 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16342 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16343 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 43679))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16345
16346 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16347 Completion for `cd'.
16348
16349 \(fn)" nil nil)
16350
16351 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16352
16353 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16354 Completion for `rmdir'.
16355
16356 \(fn)" nil nil)
16357
16358 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16359 Completion for `rm'.
16360
16361 \(fn)" nil nil)
16362
16363 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16364 Completion for `xargs'.
16365
16366 \(fn)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16369
16370 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16371 Completion for `which'.
16372
16373 \(fn)" nil nil)
16374
16375 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16376 Completion for the `chown' command.
16377
16378 \(fn)" nil nil)
16379
16380 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16381 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16382
16383 \(fn)" nil nil)
16384
16385 ;;;***
16386 \f
16387 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16388 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16389 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941
16390 ;;;;;; 42956))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16392
16393 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16394 Support extensible programmable completion.
16395 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16396 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16397
16398 \(fn)" t nil)
16399
16400 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16401 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16402
16403 \(fn)" t nil)
16404
16405 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16406 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16407 This will modify the current buffer.
16408
16409 \(fn)" t nil)
16410
16411 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16412 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16413
16414 \(fn)" t nil)
16415
16416 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16417 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16418 This will modify the current buffer.
16419
16420 \(fn)" t nil)
16421
16422 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16423 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16424
16425 \(fn)" t nil)
16426
16427 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16428 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16429
16430 \(fn)" t nil)
16431
16432 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16433 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16434 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16435 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16436 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16437
16438 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16439
16440 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16441 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16442
16443 \(fn)" nil nil)
16444
16445 ;;;***
16446 \f
16447 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16448 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16449 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826))
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16451
16452 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16453 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16454 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16455 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16456
16457 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16458
16459 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16460
16461 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16462 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16463 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16464 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16465 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16466 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16467 FLAGS is ignored.
16468
16469 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16470
16471 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16472 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16473 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16474 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16475 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16476 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16477 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16478 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16479
16480 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16481
16482 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16483 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16484 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16485 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16486 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16487 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16488 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16489 passed to cvs.
16490
16491 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16492
16493 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16494 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16495 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16496 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16497 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16498 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16499 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16500
16501 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16502
16503 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16504
16505 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16506 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16507 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16508
16509 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16510
16511 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16512 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16513 nil means never do it.
16514 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16515 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16516 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16517
16518 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16519
16520 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16521 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16522 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16523
16524 ;;;***
16525 \f
16526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826))
16527 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16528
16529 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16530
16531 ;;;***
16532 \f
16533 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16534 ;;;;;; (16111 41834))
16535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16536
16537 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16538 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16539 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16540 Tab indents for Perl code.
16541 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16542 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16543 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16544 \\{perl-mode-map}
16545 Variables controlling indentation style:
16546 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16547 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16548 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16549 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16550 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16551 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16552 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16553 `perl-nochange'
16554 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16555 `perl-indent-level'
16556 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16557 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16558 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16559 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16560 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16561 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16562 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16563 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16564 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16565 `perl-brace-offset'
16566 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16567 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16568 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16569 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16570 `perl-label-offset'
16571 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16572 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16573 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16574
16575 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16576 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16577 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16578 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16579 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16580 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16581 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16582
16583 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16584
16585 \(fn)" t nil)
16586
16587 ;;;***
16588 \f
16589 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16590 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16592
16593 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16594 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16595 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16596 afterwards settable by these commands:
16597 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16598 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16599 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16600 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16601 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16602 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16603 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16604 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16605 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16606 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16607 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16608 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16609 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16610 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16611 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16612 with these commands:
16613 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16614 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16615 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16616 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16617 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16618 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16619 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16620 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16621 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16622 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16623 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16624 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16625 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16626 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16627 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16628 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16629 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16630 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16631 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16632 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16633 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16634 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16635 text is saved in the kill ring.
16636 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16637 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16638 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16639 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16640 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16641 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16642 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16643 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16644 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16645 commands if invoked soon enough.
16646 You can return to the previous mode with:
16647 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16648 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16649
16650 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16651
16652 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16653 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16654
16655 \(fn)" t nil)
16656
16657 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16658
16659 ;;;***
16660 \f
16661 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16662 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16664
16665 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16666 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16667 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16668
16669 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16670
16671 ;;;***
16672 \f
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16675
16676 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16677 Play pong and waste time.
16678 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16679 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16680
16681 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16682
16683 \\{pong-mode-map}
16684
16685 \(fn)" t nil)
16686
16687 ;;;***
16688 \f
16689 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16690 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958))
16691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16692
16693 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16694 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16695 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16696 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16697
16698 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16701 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16702 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16703 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16704 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16705
16706 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16707
16708 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16709 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16710 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16711 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16712 in the variable `values'.
16713
16714 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16715
16716 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16717 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16718 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16719 Ignores leading comment characters.
16720
16721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16722
16723 ;;;***
16724 \f
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16726 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16727 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16728 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16729 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16730 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16731 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16732 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16733 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16734 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16735 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16736 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16737 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16738 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16739 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16740 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16741 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16742 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16743 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16745
16746 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16747 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16748
16749 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16750
16751 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16752
16753 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16754
16755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16756 Preview directory using ghostview.
16757
16758 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16759 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16760 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16761 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16762
16763 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16764 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16765 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16766 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16767 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16768 file name.
16769
16770 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16771
16772 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16773
16774 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16775 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16776
16777 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16778 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16779 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16780 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16781
16782 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16783 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16784 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16785 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16786 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16787 file name.
16788
16789 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16790
16791 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16792
16793 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16794 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16795
16796 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16797 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16798 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16799 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16800
16801 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16802 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16803 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16804 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16805 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16806 file name.
16807
16808 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16809
16810 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16811
16812 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16813 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16814
16815 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16816
16817 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16818 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16819 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16820 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16821
16822 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16823 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16824 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16825 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16826 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16827 file name.
16828
16829 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16830
16831 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16832
16833 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16834 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16835
16836 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16837 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16838 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16839
16840 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16841 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16842 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16843 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16844
16845 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16846
16847 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16848 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16849
16850 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16851 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16852 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16853
16854 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16855 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16856 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16857 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16858
16859 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16860
16861 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16862 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16863
16864 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16865 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16866 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16867
16868 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16869 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16870 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16871 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16872
16873 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16874
16875 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16876 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16877
16878 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16879
16880 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16881 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16882 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16883
16884 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16885 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16886 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16887 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16888
16889 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16890
16891 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16892 Preview region using ghostview.
16893
16894 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16895
16896 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16897
16898 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16899 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16900
16901 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16902
16903 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16904
16905 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16906 Print region using PostScript printer.
16907
16908 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16909
16910 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16911
16912 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16913 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16914
16915 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16916
16917 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16918
16919 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16920 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16921
16922 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16923
16924 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16925
16926 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16927 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16928
16929 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16930
16931 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16934 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16935
16936 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16937
16938 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16939
16940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16941 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16942
16943 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16944
16945 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16946
16947 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16948 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16949 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16950 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16951
16952 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16953 matching.
16954
16955 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16956 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16957
16958 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16959
16960 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16961
16962 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16963 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16964 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16965 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16966
16967 \(fn)" t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16970 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16971 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16972 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16973
16974 \(fn)" t nil)
16975
16976 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16977 Print directory using text printer.
16978
16979 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16980 matching.
16981
16982 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16983 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16984
16985 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16986
16987 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16988
16989 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16990 Print buffer using text printer.
16991
16992 \(fn)" t nil)
16993
16994 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16995 Print region using text printer.
16996
16997 \(fn)" t nil)
16998
16999 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17000 Print major mode using text printer.
17001
17002 \(fn)" t nil)
17003
17004 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17005 Preview spooled PostScript.
17006
17007 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17008 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17009 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17010
17011 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17012 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17013 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17014
17015 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17016
17017 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17018 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17019
17020 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17021 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17022 instead of sending it to the printer.
17023
17024 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17025 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17026 image in a file with that name.
17027
17028 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17029
17030 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17031 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17032
17033 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17034 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17035 instead of sending it to the printer.
17036
17037 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17038 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17039 image in a file with that name.
17040
17041 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17042
17043 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17044 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17045
17046 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17047 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17048 instead of sending it to the printer.
17049
17050 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17051 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17052 image in a file with that name.
17053
17054 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17055
17056 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17057 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17058
17059 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17060
17061 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17062 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17063
17064 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17065
17066 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17067 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17068
17069 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17070
17071 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17072 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17073
17074 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17075
17076 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17077 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17078
17079 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17080
17081 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17082 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17083
17084 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17085 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17086 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17087 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17088
17089 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17090 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17091 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17092 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17093 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17094 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17095 file name.
17096
17097 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17098
17099 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17100 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17101
17102 \(fn)" t nil)
17103
17104 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17105 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17106
17107 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17108 right.
17109 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17110 bottom.
17111
17112 \(fn)" t nil)
17113
17114 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17115 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17116
17117 \(fn)" t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17120 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17125 Toggle printing with faces.
17126
17127 \(fn)" t nil)
17128
17129 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17130 Toggle spooling.
17131
17132 \(fn)" t nil)
17133
17134 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17135 Toggle duplex.
17136
17137 \(fn)" t nil)
17138
17139 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17140 Toggle tumble.
17141
17142 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17143 right.
17144 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17145 bottom.
17146
17147 \(fn)" t nil)
17148
17149 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17150 Toggle landscape.
17151
17152 \(fn)" t nil)
17153
17154 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17155 Toggle upside-down.
17156
17157 \(fn)" t nil)
17158
17159 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17160 Toggle line number.
17161
17162 \(fn)" t nil)
17163
17164 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17165 Toggle zebra stripes.
17166
17167 \(fn)" t nil)
17168
17169 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17170 Toggle printing header.
17171
17172 \(fn)" t nil)
17173
17174 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17175 Toggle printing header frame.
17176
17177 \(fn)" t nil)
17178
17179 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17180 Toggle menu lock.
17181
17182 \(fn)" t nil)
17183
17184 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17185 Toggle auto region.
17186
17187 \(fn)" t nil)
17188
17189 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17190 Toggle auto mode.
17191
17192 \(fn)" t nil)
17193
17194 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17195 Customization of `printing' group.
17196
17197 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17198
17199 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17200 Customization of `lpr' group.
17201
17202 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17203
17204 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17205 Help for printing package.
17206
17207 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17208
17209 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17210 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17211
17212 \(fn)" t nil)
17213
17214 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17215 Select interactively a text printer.
17216
17217 \(fn)" t nil)
17218
17219 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17220 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17221
17222 \(fn)" t nil)
17223
17224 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17225 Show current ps-print settings.
17226
17227 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17228
17229 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17230 Show current printing settings.
17231
17232 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17233
17234 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17235 Show current lpr settings.
17236
17237 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17238
17239 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17240 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17241
17242 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17243 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17244 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17245 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17246
17247
17248 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17249
17250 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17251 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17252 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17253
17254 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17255 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17256 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17257 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17258 current active printer.
17259
17260 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17261 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17262 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17263 printer.
17264
17265 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17266 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17267 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17268 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17269 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17270
17271
17272 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17273 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17274
17275 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17276
17277 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17278 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17279 be done using the new current active printer.
17280
17281 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17282 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17283 printer.
17284
17285 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17286 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17287 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17288 instead of sending it to the printer.
17289
17290 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17291 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17292 printer.
17293
17294 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17295
17296
17297 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17298 are both set to t.
17299
17300 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17303 Fast fire function for text printing.
17304
17305 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17306 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17307 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17308 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17309
17310 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17311 user for a new active text printer.
17312
17313 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17314
17315 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17316
17317 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17318 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17319 printer.
17320
17321 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17322
17323 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17324 are both set to t.
17325
17326 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17331 ;;;;;; (15611 12634))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17333
17334 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17335 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17336 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17337 Commands:
17338 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17339 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17340 if that value is non-nil.
17341
17342 \(fn)" t nil)
17343
17344 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17345 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17346
17347 \(fn)" t nil)
17348
17349 ;;;***
17350 \f
17351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17353
17354 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17355 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17356 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17357
17358 ;;;***
17359 \f
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17361 ;;;;;; 41834))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17363
17364 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17365 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17366
17367 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17368
17369 The following variables hold user options, and can
17370 be set through the `customize' command:
17371
17372 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17373 `ps-mode-tab'
17374 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17375 `ps-mode-print-function'
17376 `ps-run-prompt'
17377 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17378 `ps-run-x'
17379 `ps-run-dumb'
17380 `ps-run-init'
17381 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17382 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17383
17384 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17385
17386
17387 \\{ps-mode-map}
17388
17389
17390 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17391 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17392 The keymap for this second window is:
17393
17394 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17395
17396
17397 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17398 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17399 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17400 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17401 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17402
17403 \(fn)" t nil)
17404
17405 ;;;***
17406 \f
17407 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17408 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17409 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17410 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16085 62843))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17412
17413 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17414 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17415
17416 Valid values are:
17417
17418 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17419 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17420 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17421 changed by setting the variable
17422 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17423 The initial value of this variable is
17424 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17425 documentation).
17426
17427 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17428 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17429 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17430 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17431 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17432 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17433 test it.
17434
17435 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17436 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17437 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17438 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17439 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17440 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17441 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17442 use this value, be sure to have installed
17443 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17444 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17445 documentation of this variable).
17446
17447 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17448 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17449 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17450 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17451 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17452 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17453
17454 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17455
17456 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17457
17458 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17459 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17460 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17461
17462 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17463
17464 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17465 Not documented
17466
17467 \(fn)" nil nil)
17468
17469 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17470 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17471
17472 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17473
17474 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17475
17476 Returns the value:
17477
17478 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17479
17480 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17481 the sequence.
17482
17483 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17484
17485 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17486 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17487
17488 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17489 composition.
17490
17491 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17492
17493 Returns the value:
17494
17495 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17496
17497 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17498 the sequence.
17499
17500 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17501
17502 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17503 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17504
17505 \(fn)" nil nil)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17508 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17509 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17510
17511 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17514 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17515
17516 \(fn)" nil nil)
17517
17518 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17519 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17520 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17521
17522 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17523
17524 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17525 Not documented
17526
17527 \(fn)" nil nil)
17528
17529 ;;;***
17530 \f
17531 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17532 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17533 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17534 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17535 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17536 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148
17537 ;;;;;; 4633))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17539
17540 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17541 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17542 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17543
17544 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17545
17546 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17547 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17548 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17549 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17550
17551 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17552
17553 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17554 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17555
17556 Valid values are:
17557
17558 nil Do not print colors.
17559
17560 t Print colors.
17561
17562 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17563 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17564
17565 Any other value is treated as t.")
17566
17567 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17568
17569 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17570 Customization of ps-print group.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17575 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17576
17577 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17578 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17579 sending it to the printer.
17580
17581 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17582 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17583 image in a file with that name.
17584
17585 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17588 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17589 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17590 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17591 so it has a way to determine color values.
17592
17593 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17594
17595 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17596 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17597 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17598
17599 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17600
17601 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17602 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17603 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17604 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17605 so it has a way to determine color values.
17606
17607 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17608
17609 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17610 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17611 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17612 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17613
17614 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17615
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17619 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17620 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17621 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17622 so it has a way to determine color values.
17623
17624 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17629 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17630 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17631
17632 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17633
17634 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17635
17636 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17637 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17638 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17639 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17640 so it has a way to determine color values.
17641
17642 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17643
17644 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17647 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17648
17649 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17650 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17651 instead of sending it to the printer.
17652
17653 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17654 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17655 image in a file with that name.
17656
17657 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17658
17659 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17660 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17661 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17662 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17663 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17664
17665 \(fn)" t nil)
17666
17667 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17668 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17669 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17670
17671 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17672
17673 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17674 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17675 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17676
17677 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17680 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17681
17682 \(fn)" nil nil)
17683
17684 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17685 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17686
17687 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17688 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17689
17690 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17691 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17692
17693 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17694
17695 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17696
17697 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17698
17699 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17700 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17701
17702 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17703 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17704
17705 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17706 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17707
17708 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17709
17710 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17711
17712 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17713
17714 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17715 foreground and background colors respectively.
17716
17717 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17718 bold - use bold font.
17719 italic - use italic font.
17720 underline - put a line under text.
17721 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17722 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17723 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17724 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17725 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17726
17727 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17728
17729 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17730
17731 ;;;***
17732 \f
17733 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17734 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17735 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17736 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17737 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16162 48286))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17739
17740 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17741 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17742
17743 \(fn)" nil nil)
17744
17745 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17746 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17747 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17748
17749 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17750 `quail-activate', which see.
17751
17752 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17753
17754 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17755 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17756 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17757 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17758 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17759 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17760 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17761
17762 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17763 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17764 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17765 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17766 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17767 shown.
17768 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17769
17770 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17771 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17772 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17773 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17774 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17775 list of candidates.
17776
17777 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17778 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17779 command to be called.
17780
17781 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17782 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17783 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17784 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17785
17786 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17787 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17788 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17789 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17790 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17791 to t.
17792
17793 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17794 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17795 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17796 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17797
17798 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17799 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17800 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17801 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17802
17803 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17804 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17805 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17806 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17807 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17808 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17809
17810 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17811 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17812 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17813 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17814 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17815 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17816
17817 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17818 covers Quail translation region.
17819
17820 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17821 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17822 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17823 for it) is inserted.
17824
17825 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17826 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17827 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17828
17829 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17830 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17831 non-Quail commands.
17832
17833 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17834
17835 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17836 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17837
17838 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17839 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17840 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17841 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17842 you type is correctly handled.
17843
17844 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17845
17846 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17847 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17848
17849 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17850 keyboard type.
17851
17852 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17853
17854 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17855 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17856 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17857 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17858 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17859 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17860 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17861 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17862 for the translation.
17863 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17864
17865 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17866 it is used to handle KEY.
17867
17868 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17869 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17870 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17871 the following annotation types are supported.
17872
17873 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17874 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17875
17876 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17877 candidate list.
17878
17879 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17880 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17881 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17882 inserted.
17883
17884 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17885 generated for the following translations.
17886
17887 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17888
17889 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17890 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17891
17892 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17893 which to install MAP.
17894
17895 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17896
17897 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17898
17899 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17900 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17901
17902 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17903 which to install MAP.
17904
17905 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17906
17907 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17908
17909 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17910 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17911 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17912 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17913 a function, or a cons.
17914 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17915 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17916 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17917 for the translation.
17918 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17919 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17920 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17921 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17922 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17923
17924 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17925 it is used to handle KEY.
17926
17927 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17928 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17929 current Quail package.
17930
17931 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17932 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17933
17934 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17935
17936 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17937 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17938
17939 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17940 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17941
17942 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17943
17944 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17945 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17946
17947 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17948
17949 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17950 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17951 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17952 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17953 of the Emacs source tree.
17954
17955 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17956 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17957
17958 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17959 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17960 of each directory.
17961
17962 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17963
17964 ;;;***
17965 \f
17966 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17967 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17968 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941
17969 ;;;;;; 42963))
17970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17971
17972 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17973 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17974 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17975 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17976
17977 To make use of this do something like:
17978
17979 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17980
17981 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17982
17983 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17984 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17985
17986 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17987 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17988 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17989
17990 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17991
17992 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17993 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17994
17995 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17996
17997 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17998 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17999
18000 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18001 is decided.
18002
18003 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18004
18005 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18006 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18007
18008 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18009 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18010 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18011
18012 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18013
18014 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18015 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18016
18017 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18018
18019 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18020 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18021
18022 \(fn)" t nil)
18023
18024 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18025 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18026
18027 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18028
18029 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18030
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18034 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18035
18036 \(fn)" t nil)
18037
18038 ;;;***
18039 \f
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941
18041 ;;;;;; 42963))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18043
18044 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18045 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18046 See \\[compile].
18047
18048 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18049
18050 ;;;***
18051 \f
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18053 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18055
18056 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18057 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18058
18059 \(fn)" t nil)
18060
18061 ;;;***
18062 \f
18063 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16055 8591))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18065
18066 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18067 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18068 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18069 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18070 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18071
18072 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18073
18074 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18075 Toggle recentf mode.
18076 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18077 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18078
18079 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18080 that were operated on recently.
18081
18082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18083
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18087 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18088 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18089 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941
18090 ;;;;;; 42956))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18092
18093 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18094 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18095 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18096 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18097
18098 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18099
18100 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18101
18102 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18103 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18104 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18105 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18106 ends.
18107
18108 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18109 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18110 to be deleted.
18111
18112 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18113
18114 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18115 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18116 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18117
18118 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18119 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18120 deleted.
18121
18122 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18123
18124 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18125 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18126 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18127
18128 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18129
18130 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18131 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18132
18133 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18134 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18135
18136 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18137 deleted.
18138
18139 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18140
18141 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18142 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18143
18144 \(fn)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18147 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18148 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18149 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18150 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18151 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18152 and point is at the lower right corner.
18153
18154 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18155
18156 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18157 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18158
18159 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18160 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18161
18162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18163 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18164 on the right side of the rectangle.
18165
18166 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18167
18168 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18169
18170 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18171 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18172 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18173 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18174 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18175
18176 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18177 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18178
18179 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18180
18181 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18182 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18183 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18184
18185 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18186
18187 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18188
18189 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18190
18191 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18192 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18193
18194 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18195 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18196 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18197
18198 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18199
18200 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18201 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18202 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18203
18204 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18205 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18206 rectangle which were empty.
18207
18208 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18209
18210 ;;;***
18211 \f
18212 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
18213 ;;;;;; 41838))
18214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18215
18216 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18217 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18218 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18219
18220 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18221 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18222 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18223
18224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18225
18226 ;;;***
18227 \f
18228 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex)
18229 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16142 9352))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18231
18232 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18233 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18234
18235 \(fn)" nil nil)
18236
18237 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18238 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18239
18240 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18241 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18242
18243 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18244 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18245 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18246 \\ref macro.
18247
18248 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18249 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18250 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18251
18252 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18253 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18254 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18255
18256 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18257 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18258
18259 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18260 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18261
18262 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18263 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18264 on the menu bar.
18265
18266 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18267
18268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18269
18270 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\
18271 Is the scanning info about the current document available?
18272
18273 \(fn)" nil nil)
18274
18275 ;;;***
18276 \f
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18280
18281 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18282 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18283 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18284 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18285 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18286 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18287
18288 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18289
18290 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18291
18292 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18293 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18294 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18295 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18296
18297 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18298 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18299 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18300 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18301
18302 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18303
18304 ;;;***
18305 \f
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18307 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
18308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18309
18310 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18311 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18312 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18313
18314 To insert new phrases, use
18315 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18316 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18317
18318 To index phrases use one of:
18319
18320 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18321 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18322 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18323 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18324 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18325
18326 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18327 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18328
18329 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18330
18331 Here are all local bindings.
18332
18333 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18334
18335 \(fn)" t nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18340 ;;;;;; (16142 9352))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18342
18343 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18344 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18345 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18346 of master file.
18347
18348 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18349
18350 ;;;***
18351 \f
18352 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18353 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18355
18356 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18357 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18358 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18359 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18360 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18361 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18362
18363 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18364 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18365
18366 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18367 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18368
18369 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18370
18371 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18372 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18373 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18374 in REGEXP.
18375
18376 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18377
18378 ;;;***
18379 \f
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18382
18383 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18384 Repeat most recently executed command.
18385 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18386 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18387 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18388
18389 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18390 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18391 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18392
18393 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18394
18395 ;;;***
18396 \f
18397 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18398 ;;;;;; (15356 55960))
18399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18400
18401 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18402 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18403
18404 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18405 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18406 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18407 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18408 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18409 and point is left after the salutation.
18410
18411 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18412 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18413 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18414 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18415 left after that text.
18416
18417 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18418 is non-nil.
18419
18420 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18421 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18422 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18423 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18424
18425 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18430 ;;;;;; (15364 46020))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18432
18433 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18434 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18435 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18436 visibility of comments that precede it.
18437 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18438 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18439 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18440 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18441 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18442 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18443 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18444 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18445 the comment lines.
18446 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18447 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18448 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18449 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18450 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18451
18452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18453 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941
18458 ;;;;;; 42956))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18460
18461 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18462 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18463
18464 \(fn)" nil nil)
18465
18466 ;;;***
18467 \f
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18469 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18471
18472 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18473 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18474 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18475
18476 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18477 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18478 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18479
18480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18481
18482 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18483 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18484 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18486 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18487
18488 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18489
18490 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18491 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18492 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18493
18494 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18495 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18496 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18497
18498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18499
18500 ;;;***
18501 \f
18502 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18503 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18504 ;;;;;; (15728 55520))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18506
18507 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18508 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18509 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18510 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18511 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18512
18513 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18514
18515 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18516 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18517 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18518 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18519 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18520
18521 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18522
18523 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18524 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18525 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18527 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18528
18529 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18530
18531 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18532 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18533 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18534 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18535 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18536 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18537 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18538
18539 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18540 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18541
18542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18543
18544 ;;;***
18545 \f
18546 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18547 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18549
18550 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18551 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18552
18553 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18554
18555 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18556 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18557
18558 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18559
18560 ;;;***
18561 \f
18562 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16066 53440))
18563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18564 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18565
18566 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18567 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18568 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18569 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18570
18571 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18572
18573 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18574 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18575 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18576 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18577
18578 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18579 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18580
18581 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18582 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18583
18584 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18585 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18586 INPUT-ARGS.
18587
18588 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18589 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18590 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18591 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18592 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18593
18594 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18595 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18596 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18597 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18598
18599 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18600 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18601 variable.
18602
18603 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18604
18605 ;;;***
18606 \f
18607 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18608 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18609 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18610 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18611 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18612 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18613 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16072 11522))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18615
18616 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18617 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18618 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18619 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18620
18621 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18622
18623 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18624 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18625 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18626 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18627 value is the user's email address and name.)
18628 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18629
18630 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18631 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18632 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18633 which normally happens once for each message,
18634 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18635 To make a change in this variable take effect
18636 for a message that you have already viewed,
18637 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18638
18639 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18640
18641 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18642 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18643 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18644 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18645
18646 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18647
18648 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18649 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18650
18651 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18652
18653 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18654 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18655 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18656 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18657
18658 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18659
18660 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18661 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18662
18663 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18664
18665 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18666 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18667
18668 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18669
18670 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18671 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18672 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18673 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18674 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18675
18676 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18677
18678 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18679 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18680
18681 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18682
18683 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18684 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18685
18686 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18687
18688 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18689 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18690
18691 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18692
18693 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18694 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18695
18696 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18697
18698 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18699 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18700
18701 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18702 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18703
18704 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18705 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18706
18707 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18708
18709 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18710 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18711
18712 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18713 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18714 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18715 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18716
18717 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18718 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18719
18720 This is set to nil by default.")
18721
18722 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18723 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18724 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18725 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18726 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18727
18728 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18729
18730 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18731 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18732 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18733 It is called with no argument.")
18734
18735 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18736 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18737 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18738 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18739 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18740 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18741 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18742
18743 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18744 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18745 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18746 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18747 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18748 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18749
18750 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18751 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18752 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18753 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18754 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18755
18756 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18757 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18758 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18759 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18760 MSG is the message number,
18761 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18762 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18763
18764 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18765 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18766 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18767 this feature is required with `require'.")
18768
18769 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18770 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18771 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18772 the message is decoded as normal way.
18773
18774 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18775 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18776 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18777
18778 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18779 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18780 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18781
18782 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18783 Read and edit incoming mail.
18784 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18785 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18786 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18787
18788 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18789 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18790 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18791 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18792
18793 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18794
18795 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18798 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18799 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18800 Instead, these commands are available:
18801
18802 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18803 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18804 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18805 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18806 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18807 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18808 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18809 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18810 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18811 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18812 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18813 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18814 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18815 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18816 till a deleted message is found.
18817 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18818 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18819 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18820 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18821 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18822 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18823 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18824 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18825 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18826 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18827 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18828 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18829 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18830 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18831 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18832 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18833 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18834 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18835 (label defaults to last one specified).
18836 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18837 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18838 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18839 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18840 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18841 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18842 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18843 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18844 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18845
18846 \(fn)" t nil)
18847
18848 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18849 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18850
18851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18854 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18855
18856 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18857
18858 ;;;***
18859 \f
18860 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18861 ;;;;;; (15830 37093))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18863
18864 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18865 Edit the contents of this message.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 ;;;***
18870 \f
18871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18872 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18873 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 43692))
18874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18875
18876 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18877 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18878 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18879
18880 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18881
18882 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18883 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18884 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18885
18886 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18889 Not documented
18890
18891 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18892
18893 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18894 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18895 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18896 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18897 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18898
18899 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18902 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18903 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18904 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18905 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18906
18907 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18908
18909 ;;;***
18910 \f
18911 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18912 ;;;;;; (15186 43692))
18913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18914
18915 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18916 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18917 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18918 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18919
18920 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18921
18922 ;;;***
18923 \f
18924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18925 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18926 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18928
18929 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18930 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18931 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18932 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18933 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18934 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18935 a file name as a string.")
18936
18937 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18938
18939 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18940 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18941 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18942 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18943 buffer visiting that file.
18944 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18945 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18946
18947 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18948 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18949
18950 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18951 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18952
18953 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18954 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18955
18956 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18957
18958 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18959 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18960
18961 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18962
18963 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18964 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18965 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18966 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18967 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18968
18969 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18970 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18971 will be appended with their original headers.
18972
18973 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18974 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18975
18976 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18977 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18978
18979 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18980
18981 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18982
18983 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18984 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18985 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18986
18987 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18988
18989 ;;;***
18990 \f
18991 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18992 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18993 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941
18994 ;;;;;; 42961))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18996
18997 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18998 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18999 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19000
19001 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19006
19007 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19010 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19011 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19012
19013 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19014
19015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19018
19019 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19020
19021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19024
19025 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19026
19027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19030
19031 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19034 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19035 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19036 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19037
19038 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19039
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19043 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19044 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19045 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19046 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19048
19049 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19050 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19051
19052 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19053
19054 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19055 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19056
19057 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19058
19059 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19060 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19061
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19065 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19066 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19067
19068 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19069
19070 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19071 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19072 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19073 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19074 only look in the To and From fields.
19075 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19076
19077 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19078
19079 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19080 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19081 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19082 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19083 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19084
19085 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19086
19087 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19088 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19089 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19090 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19091 look in the whole message.
19092 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19093
19094 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19095
19096 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19097 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19098 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19099
19100 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19101
19102 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19103 *Function to decode summary-line.
19104
19105 By default, `identity' is set.")
19106
19107 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19108
19109 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19110 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19111 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19112 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19113 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19114 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19115 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19116
19117 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19118 sent by you under different user names.
19119 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19120
19121 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19122
19123 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19124
19125 ;;;***
19126 \f
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19128 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19130
19131 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19132 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19133 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19134 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19135
19136 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19137
19138 ;;;***
19139 \f
19140 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19141 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19143
19144 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19145 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19146
19147 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19148
19149 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19150 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19151
19152 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19153
19154 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19155 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19156
19157 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19158
19159 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19160 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19161 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19162
19163 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19164 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19165 in rot 13.
19166
19167 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19168
19169 \(fn)" t nil)
19170
19171 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19172 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19173
19174 \(fn)" t nil)
19175
19176 ;;;***
19177 \f
19178 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19179 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19180 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19182 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19184
19185 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19186 *This variable is obsolete.")
19187
19188 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19189
19190 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19191 *This variable is obsolete.")
19192
19193 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19194
19195 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19196 *This variable is obsolete.")
19197
19198 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19199
19200 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19201 *This variable is obsolete.")
19202
19203 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19204
19205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19206 *This variable is obsolete.")
19207
19208 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19209
19210 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19211 *This variable is obsolete.")
19212
19213 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19214
19215 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19216 This function is obsolete.
19217
19218 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16111
19223 ;;;;;; 41826))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19225
19226 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19227 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19228
19229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19230
19231 ;;;***
19232 \f
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941
19234 ;;;;;; 42958))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19236
19237 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19238 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19239 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19240 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19241
19242 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19243
19244 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19245 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19246 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19247
19248 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19249 notation.
19250
19251 STRING
19252 matches string STRING literally.
19253
19254 CHAR
19255 matches character CHAR literally.
19256
19257 `not-newline'
19258 matches any character except a newline.
19259 .
19260 `anything'
19261 matches any character
19262
19263 `(any SET)'
19264 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19265 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19266
19267 '(in SET)'
19268 like `any'.
19269
19270 `(not (any SET))'
19271 matches any character not in SET
19272
19273 `line-start'
19274 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19275 in the text being matched
19276
19277 `line-end'
19278 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19279
19280 `string-start'
19281 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19282 string being matched against.
19283
19284 `string-end'
19285 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19286 string being matched against.
19287
19288 `buffer-start'
19289 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19290 buffer being matched against.
19291
19292 `buffer-end'
19293 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19294 buffer being matched against.
19295
19296 `point'
19297 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19298
19299 `word-start'
19300 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19301 word.
19302
19303 `word-end'
19304 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19305
19306 `word-boundary'
19307 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19308 word.
19309
19310 `(not word-boundary)'
19311 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19312 word.
19313
19314 `digit'
19315 matches 0 through 9.
19316
19317 `control'
19318 matches ASCII control characters.
19319
19320 `hex-digit'
19321 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19322
19323 `blank'
19324 matches space and tab only.
19325
19326 `graphic'
19327 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19328 space, and DEL.
19329
19330 `printing'
19331 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19332 and DEL.
19333
19334 `alphanumeric'
19335 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19336 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19337
19338 `letter'
19339 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19340 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19341
19342 `ascii'
19343 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19344
19345 `nonascii'
19346 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19347
19348 `lower'
19349 matches anything lower-case.
19350
19351 `upper'
19352 matches anything upper-case.
19353
19354 `punctuation'
19355 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19356 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19357
19358 `space'
19359 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19360
19361 `word'
19362 matches anything that has word syntax.
19363
19364 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19365 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19366 of the following symbols.
19367
19368 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19369 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19370 `word' (\\sw)
19371 `symbol' (\\s_)
19372 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19373 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19374 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19375 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19376 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19377 `escape' (\\s\\)
19378 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19379 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19380 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19381
19382 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19383 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19384
19385 `(category CATEGORY)'
19386 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19387 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19388
19389 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19390 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19391 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19392 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19393 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19394 `symbol' (\\c5)
19395 `digit' (\\c6)
19396 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19397 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19398 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19399 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19400 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19401 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19402 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19403 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19404 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19405 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19406 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19407 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19408 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19409 `ascii' (\\ca)
19410 `arabic' (\\cb)
19411 `chinese' (\\cc)
19412 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19413 `greek' (\\cg)
19414 `korean' (\\ch)
19415 `indian' (\\ci)
19416 `japanese' (\\cj)
19417 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19418 `latin' (\\cl)
19419 `lao' (\\co)
19420 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19421 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19422 `thai' (\\ct)
19423 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19424 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19425 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19426 `can-break' (\\c|)
19427
19428 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19429 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19430
19431 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19432 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19433
19434 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19435 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19436 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19437
19438 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19439 another name for `submatch'.
19440
19441 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19442 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19443 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19444 regular expression.
19445
19446 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19447 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19448 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19449 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19450 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19451
19452 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19453 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19454
19455 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19456 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19457
19458 `(0+ SEXP)'
19459 like `zero-or-more'.
19460
19461 `(* SEXP)'
19462 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19463
19464 `(*? SEXP)'
19465 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19466
19467 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19468 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19469
19470 `(1+ SEXP)'
19471 like `one-or-more'.
19472
19473 `(+ SEXP)'
19474 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19475
19476 `(+? SEXP)'
19477 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19478
19479 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19480 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19481
19482 `(optional SEXP)'
19483 like `zero-or-one'.
19484
19485 `(? SEXP)'
19486 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19487
19488 `(?? SEXP)'
19489 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19490
19491 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19492 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19493
19494 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19495 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19496
19497 `(eval FORM)'
19498 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19499 `regexp-quote' it.
19500
19501 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19502 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19503
19504 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19505
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19509 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
19510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19511
19512 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19513 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19514 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19515
19516 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19517 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19518 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19519 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19520 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19521 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19522 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19523 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19524
19525 Commands:
19526 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19527 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19528 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19529 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19530 if that value is non-nil.
19531
19532 \(fn)" t nil)
19533
19534 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19535 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19536 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19537
19538 Commands:
19539 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19540 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19541 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19542 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19543 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19544 that variable's value is a string.
19545
19546 \(fn)" t nil)
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19551 ;;;;;; (14792 28989))
19552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19553
19554 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19555 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19556 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19557
19558 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19559
19560 \(fn)" t nil)
19561
19562 ;;;***
19563 \f
19564 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19565 ;;;;;; 59373))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19567
19568 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19569 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19570 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19571 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19572
19573 Interesting variables:
19574
19575 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19576 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19577
19578 `scribe-electric-quote'
19579 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19580
19581 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19582 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19583 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19584
19585 \(fn)" t nil)
19586
19587 ;;;***
19588 \f
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19590 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
19591 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19592
19593 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19594 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19595 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19597 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19598
19599 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19600
19601 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19602 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19603 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19604 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19605 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19606
19607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19608
19609 ;;;***
19610 \f
19611 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19612 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19613 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19614 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19615 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19616 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16136 53055))
19617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19618
19619 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19620 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19621
19622 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19623 king@grassland.com
19624 If `parens', they look like:
19625 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19626 If `angles', they look like:
19627 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19628 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19629 derived from the envelope-from address.
19630
19631 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19632 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19633 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19634 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19635
19636 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19637
19638 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19639 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19640 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19641 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19642
19643 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19644 privileged operation. This variable is only used if
19645 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.")
19646
19647 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19648
19649 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19650 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19651 This is done when the message is initialized,
19652 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19653
19654 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19655
19656 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19657 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19658 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19659
19660 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19661
19662 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19663 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19664
19665 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19666
19667 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19668 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19669 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19670 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19671 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19672 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19673 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19674
19675 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19676
19677 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19678 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19679
19680 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19681
19682 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19683 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19684 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19685
19686 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19687
19688 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19689 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19690 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19691 when you first send mail.")
19692
19693 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19694
19695 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19696 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19697 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19698 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19699 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19700
19701 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19702
19703 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19704 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19705 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19706 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19707 This file need not actually exist.")
19708
19709 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19710
19711 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19712 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19713 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19714 If a string, that string is inserted.
19715 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19716 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19717 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19718 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19719
19720 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19721
19722 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19723 *Directory for mail buffers.
19724 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19725 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19726
19727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19728
19729 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19730 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19731 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19732 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19733 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19734 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19735 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19736 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19737 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19738 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19739 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19740 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19741 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19742 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19743 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19744
19745 \(fn)" t nil)
19746
19747 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19748 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19749 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19750 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19751 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19752 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19753
19754 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19755 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19756 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19757
19758 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19759 User should not set this variable manually,
19760 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19761 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19762 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19763 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19764
19765 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19766 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19767 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19768 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19769
19770 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19771 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19772
19773 \\<mail-mode-map>
19774 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19775
19776 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19777 to move to message header fields:
19778 \\{mail-mode-map}
19779
19780 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19781 when the message is initialized.
19782
19783 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19784 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19785
19786 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19787 is inserted.
19788
19789 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19790 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19791
19792 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19793 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19794
19795 The second through fifth arguments,
19796 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19797 the initial contents of those header fields.
19798 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19799 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19800 original message being replied to, or else an action
19801 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19802 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19803 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19804 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19805 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19806 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19807
19808 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19809
19810 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19811 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19812
19813 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19814
19815 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19816 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19817
19818 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19819
19820 ;;;***
19821 \f
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19823 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19825
19826 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19827 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19828 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19829 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19830 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19831 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19832
19833 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19834
19835 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19836
19837 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19838 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19839 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19841 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19842
19843 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19844
19845 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19846 Toggle Server mode.
19847 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19848 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19849 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19850
19851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19852
19853 ;;;***
19854 \f
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16162 11942))
19856 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19857
19858 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19859 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19860
19861 Key definitions:
19862 \\{ses-mode-map}
19863 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19864 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19865 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19866 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19867
19868 \(fn)" t nil)
19869
19870 ;;;***
19871 \f
19872 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19873 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
19874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19875
19876 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19877 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19878 Makes > match <.
19879 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19880 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19881
19882 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19883 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19884 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19885
19886 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19887 your `.emacs' file.
19888
19889 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19890
19891 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19892 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19893 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19894
19895 \(fn)" t nil)
19896
19897 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19898
19899 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19900 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19901 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19902 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19903 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19904 which this is based.
19905
19906 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19907
19908 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19909 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19910 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19911 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19912
19913 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19914 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19915 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19916
19917 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19918 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19919 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19920 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19921
19922 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19923 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19924 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19925 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19926
19927 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19928
19929 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19930 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19931 To work around that, do:
19932 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19933
19934 \\{html-mode-map}
19935
19936 \(fn)" t nil)
19937
19938 ;;;***
19939 \f
19940 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19941 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
19942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19943
19944 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19945 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19946 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19947 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19948 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19949 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19950
19951 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19952 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19953 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19954 shell-specific features.
19955
19956 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19957 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19958 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19959
19960 \\[sh-case] case statement
19961 \\[sh-for] for loop
19962 \\[sh-function] function definition
19963 \\[sh-if] if statement
19964 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19965 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19966 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19967 \\[sh-select] select loop
19968 \\[sh-until] until loop
19969 \\[sh-while] while loop
19970
19971 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19972 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19973 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19974 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19975 would indent to the way it currently is.
19976 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19977 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19978
19979
19980 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19981 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19982 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19983 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19984 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19985 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19986
19987 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19988 {, (, [, ', \", `
19989 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19990
19991 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19992 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19993 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19994
19995 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19996 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19997
19998 \(fn)" t nil)
19999
20000 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20001
20002 ;;;***
20003 \f
20004 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20005 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20007
20008 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20009 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20010
20011 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20012 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20013 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20014 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20015 the earlier.
20016
20017 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20018
20019 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20020
20021 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20022 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20023 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20024
20025 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20026 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20027
20028 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20029 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20030 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20031 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20032 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20033 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20034 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20035 emacs version).
20036
20037 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20038 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20039 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20040 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20041 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20042
20043 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20044 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20045 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20046
20047 \(fn)" t nil)
20048
20049 ;;;***
20050 \f
20051 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20052 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16016
20053 ;;;;;; 56429))
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20055
20056 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20057 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20058 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20059 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20060 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20061 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20062 in the cluster.
20063
20064 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20065
20066 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20067 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20068 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20069 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20070 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20071
20072 \(fn)" t nil)
20073
20074 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20075 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20076 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20077 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20078 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20079 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20080 `shadow-define-cluster').
20081
20082 \(fn)" t nil)
20083
20084 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20085 Set up file shadowing.
20086
20087 \(fn)" t nil)
20088
20089 ;;;***
20090 \f
20091 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20092 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20094
20095 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20096 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20097 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20098 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20099 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20100 arguments.")
20101
20102 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20103
20104 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20105 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20106 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20107 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20108 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20109 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20110 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20111 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20112 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20113 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20114 discards input when it starts up.)
20115 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20116 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20117 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20118
20119 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20120 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20121 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20122 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20123 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20124 `default-process-coding-system'.
20125
20126 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20127 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20128 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20129 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20130
20131 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20132
20133 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20134 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20135
20136 ;;;***
20137 \f
20138 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997
20139 ;;;;;; 672))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20141
20142 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20143 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20144 \\{simula-mode-map}
20145 Variables controlling indentation style:
20146 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20147 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20148 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20149 `simula-indent-level'
20150 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20151 `simula-substatement-offset'
20152 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20153 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20154 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20155 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20156 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20157 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20158 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20159 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20160 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20161 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20162 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20163 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20164 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20165 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20166 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20167 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20168 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20169 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20170 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20171 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20172 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20173 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20174 or nil if they should not be changed.
20175 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20176 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20177 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20178 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20179
20180 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20181 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20182
20183 \(fn)" t nil)
20184
20185 ;;;***
20186 \f
20187 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20188 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20190
20191 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20192 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20193
20194 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20195 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20196 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20197 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20198
20199 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20200
20201 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20202 Insert SKELETON.
20203 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20204 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20205 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20206 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20207 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20208
20209 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20210 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20211
20212 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20213
20214 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20215 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20216
20217 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20218 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20219 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20220 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20221
20222 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20223 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20224 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20225 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20226
20227 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20228 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20229 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20230
20231 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20232 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20233
20234 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20235 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20236
20237 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20238 _ interesting point, interregion here
20239 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20240 interesting point set by _
20241 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20242 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20243 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20244 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20245 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20246 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20247 nil skipped
20248
20249 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20250 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20251
20252 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20253 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20254 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20255 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20256 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20257 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20258 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20259 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20260
20261 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20262 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20263 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20264 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20265 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20266 available:
20267
20268 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20269 then: insert previously read string once more
20270 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20271 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20272 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20273
20274 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20275 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20276
20277 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20278
20279 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20280 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20281
20282 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20283 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20284 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20285 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20286 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20287 such as backslash.
20288
20289 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20290 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20291 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20292
20293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20294
20295 ;;;***
20296 \f
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20298 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20300
20301 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20302 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20303 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20304 buffer names.
20305
20306 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20309 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20310 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20311
20312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20317 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20319
20320 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20321 Display textual smileys as images.
20322 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20323 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20324 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20325
20326 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20331 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20333
20334 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20335 Not documented
20336
20337 \(fn)" nil nil)
20338
20339 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20340 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20341
20342 \(fn)" t nil)
20343
20344 ;;;***
20345 \f
20346 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954))
20347 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20348
20349 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20350 Play the Snake game.
20351 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20352
20353 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20354
20355 Snake mode keybindings:
20356 \\<snake-mode-map>
20357 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20358 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20359 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20360 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20361 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20362 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20363 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20364
20365 \(fn)" t nil)
20366
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (15491 28594))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20372
20373 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20374 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20375 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20376 Tab indents for C code.
20377 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20378 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20379 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20380 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20381 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20382
20383 \(fn)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20386 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20387 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20388 Tab indents for C code.
20389 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20390 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20391 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20392 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20393 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20394
20395 \(fn)" t nil)
20396
20397 ;;;***
20398 \f
20399 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20400 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20401 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16174 61085))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20403
20404 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20405 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20406
20407 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20408 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20409 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20410
20411 For example, the form
20412
20413 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20414 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20415
20416 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20417
20418 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20419
20420 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20421 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20422
20423 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20424 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20425 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20426 York City.
20427
20428 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20429
20430 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20431
20432 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20433 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20434
20435 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20436 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20437 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20438 York City.
20439
20440 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20441
20442 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20443
20444 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20445 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20446 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20447 pair.
20448
20449 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20450
20451 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20452
20453 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20454 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20455 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20456
20457 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20458 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20459
20460 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20461
20462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20465 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20466 Requires floating point.
20467
20468 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469
20470 ;;;***
20471 \f
20472 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941
20473 ;;;;;; 42963))
20474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20475
20476 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20477 Play Solitaire.
20478
20479 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20480 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20481 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20482 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20483 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20484 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20485 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20486 check after each move or undo)
20487
20488 What is Solitaire?
20489
20490 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20491 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20492 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20493
20494 Le Solitaire
20495 ============
20496
20497 o o o
20498
20499 o o o
20500
20501 o o o o o o o
20502
20503 o o o . o o o
20504
20505 o o o o o o o
20506
20507 o o o
20508
20509 o o o
20510
20511 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20512 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20513 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20514 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20515
20516 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20517 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20518 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20519 this: o o .
20520
20521 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20522 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20523
20524 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20525
20526 o o o
20527
20528 . o o
20529
20530 o o . o o o o
20531
20532 o . o o o o o
20533
20534 o o o o o o o
20535
20536 o o o
20537
20538 o o o
20539
20540 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20541
20542 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20543
20544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20545
20546 ;;;***
20547 \f
20548 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20549 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20550 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20552
20553 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20554 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20555
20556 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20557 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20558 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20559 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20560 contiguous.
20561
20562 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20563 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20564 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20565 the sort order.
20566
20567 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20568 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20569
20570 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20571 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20572 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20573 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20574 is called.
20575
20576 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20577 It should move point to the end of the record.
20578
20579 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20580 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20581 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20582 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20583 starts at the beginning of the record.
20584
20585 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20586 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20587 same as ENDRECFUN.
20588
20589 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20590 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20591
20592 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20593
20594 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20595 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20596 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20597 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20598 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20599 the sort order.
20600
20601 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20602
20603 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20604 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20605 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20606 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20607 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20608 the sort order.
20609
20610 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20611
20612 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20613 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20614 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20615 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20616 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20617 the sort order.
20618
20619 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20622 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20623 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20624 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20625 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20626 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20627 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20628 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20629 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20630
20631 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20634 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20635 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20636 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20637 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20638 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20639 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20640 the sort order.
20641
20642 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20643
20644 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20645 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20646 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20647 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20648 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20649 is to be used for sorting.
20650 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20651 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20652 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20653 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20654 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20655
20656 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20657
20658 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20659 the sort order.
20660
20661 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20662 starting with the letter \"f\",
20663 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20664
20665 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20666
20667 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20668 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20669 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20670 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20671 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20672 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20673 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20674 the sort order.
20675
20676 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20677 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20678 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20679 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20680 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20681
20682 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20685 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20686 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20687
20688 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20689
20690 ;;;***
20691 \f
20692 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20693 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20695
20696 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20697
20698 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20699 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20700 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20701 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20702 supported at a time.
20703 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20704 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20705
20706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20707
20708 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20709 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20710 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20711 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20712
20713 \(fn)" t nil)
20714
20715 ;;;***
20716 \f
20717 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20718 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 43697))
20719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20720
20721 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20722
20723 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20724 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20725 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20726 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20727 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20728 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20729
20730 \(fn)" t nil)
20731
20732 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20733 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20734 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20735 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20736
20737 \(fn)" t nil)
20738
20739 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20740 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20741 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20742 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20743 for example, \"word\".
20744
20745 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20746
20747 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20748 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20749
20750 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20751
20752 ;;;***
20753 \f
20754 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14817
20755 ;;;;;; 31868))
20756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20757
20758 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20759 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20760
20761 \(fn)" t nil)
20762
20763 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20764 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20765
20766 \(fn)" nil nil)
20767
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20771 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20772 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20773 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
20774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20775
20776 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20777 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20778
20779 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20780 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20781
20782 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20783
20784 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20785 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20786 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20787
20788 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20789
20790 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20791 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20792 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20793 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20794 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20795 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20796 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20797 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20798
20799 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20800
20801 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20802 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20803 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20804 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20805
20806 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20807 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20808 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20809 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20810
20811 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20812 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20813 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20814
20815 \(fn)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20818 Major mode to edit SQL.
20819
20820 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20821 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20822 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20823
20824 \\{sql-mode-map}
20825 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20826
20827 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20828 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20829 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20830 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20831 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20832 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20833
20834 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20835 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20836
20837 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20838 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20839 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20840
20841 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20842 (lambda ()
20843 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20844
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20848 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20849
20850 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20851 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20852 `*SQL*'.
20853
20854 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20855 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20856 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20857 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20858
20859 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20860 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20861
20862 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20863 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20864 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20865 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20866 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20867 `default-process-coding-system'.
20868
20869 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20870
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20872
20873 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20874 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20875
20876 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20877 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20878 `*SQL*'.
20879
20880 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20881 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20882 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20883 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20884
20885 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20886 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20887
20888 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20889 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20890 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20891 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20892 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20893 `default-process-coding-system'.
20894
20895 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20896
20897 \(fn)" t nil)
20898
20899 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20900 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20901
20902 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20903 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20904 `*SQL*'.
20905
20906 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20907 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20908
20909 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20910 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20911
20912 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20913 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20914 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20915 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20916 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20917 `default-process-coding-system'.
20918
20919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20920
20921 \(fn)" t nil)
20922
20923 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20924 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20925
20926 SQLite is free software.
20927
20928 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20929 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20930 `*SQL*'.
20931
20932 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20933 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20934 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20935 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20936
20937 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20938 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20939
20940 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20941 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20942 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20943 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20944 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20945 `default-process-coding-system'.
20946
20947 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20948
20949 \(fn)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20952 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20953
20954 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20955
20956 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20957 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20958 `*SQL*'.
20959
20960 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20961 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20962 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20963 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20964
20965 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20966 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20967
20968 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20969 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20970 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20971 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20972 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20973 `default-process-coding-system'.
20974
20975 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20976
20977 \(fn)" t nil)
20978
20979 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20980 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20981
20982 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20983 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20984 `*SQL*'.
20985
20986 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20987 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20988 defaults, if set.
20989
20990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20992
20993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20995 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20998 `default-process-coding-system'.
20999
21000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21001
21002 \(fn)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21005 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21006
21007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21009 `*SQL*'.
21010
21011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21012 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21013
21014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21016
21017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21019 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21022 `default-process-coding-system'.
21023
21024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21025
21026 \(fn)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21029 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21030
21031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21033 `*SQL*'.
21034
21035 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21036 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21037 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21038 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21039
21040 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21041 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21042
21043 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21044 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21045 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21046 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21047 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21048 `default-process-coding-system'.
21049
21050 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21051
21052 \(fn)" t nil)
21053
21054 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21055 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21056
21057 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21058 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21059 `*SQL*'.
21060
21061 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21062 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21063 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21064 `sql-postgres-options'.
21065
21066 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21067 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21068
21069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21070 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21071 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21072 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21074 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21075 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21076 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21077
21078 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21079 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21080
21081 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21082
21083 \(fn)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21086 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21087
21088 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21089 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21090 `*SQL*'.
21091
21092 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21093 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21094 defaults, if set.
21095
21096 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21097 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21098
21099 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21100 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21101 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21102 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21103 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21104 `default-process-coding-system'.
21105
21106 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21107
21108 \(fn)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21111 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21112
21113 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21114 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21115 `*SQL*'.
21116
21117 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21118 automatic login.
21119
21120 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21121 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21122
21123 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21124 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21125 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21126 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21127
21128 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21129 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21130 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21131 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21132 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21133 `default-process-coding-system'.
21134
21135 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21136
21137 \(fn)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21140 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21141
21142 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21143 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21144 `*SQL*'.
21145
21146 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21147 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21148 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21149 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21150 parameters.
21151
21152 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21153 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21154 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21155 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21156 an empty password.
21157
21158 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21159 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21160
21161 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
21162 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
21163
21164 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21165
21166 \(fn)" t nil)
21167
21168 ;;;***
21169 \f
21170 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21171 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21172 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21173 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21174 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961
21175 ;;;;;; 24151))
21176 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21177
21178 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21179 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21180 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21181 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21182 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21183 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21184
21185 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21186
21187 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21188 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21189 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21190 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21191 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21192 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21193 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21194
21195 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21196
21197 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21198 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21199 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21200 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21201 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21202 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21203 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21204
21205 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21206
21207 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21208 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21209 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21210
21211 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21214 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21215 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21216
21217 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21220 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21221
21222 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21225 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21226
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21230 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21231
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21235 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21236 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21237 chronologically by command name.
21238 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21239
21240 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21241
21242 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21243 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21244 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21246 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21247
21248 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21249
21250 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21251 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21252 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21253 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21254 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21255 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21256 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21257
21258 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21259 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21260 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21261 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21262
21263 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21264
21265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21266
21267 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21268 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21269 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21270 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21271
21272 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21275 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 ;;;***
21280 \f
21281 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21282 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15366 772))
21283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21284
21285 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21286 Studlify-case the region.
21287
21288 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21291 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21292
21293 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21296 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21297
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21299
21300 ;;;***
21301 \f
21302 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21303 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
21304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21305
21306 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21307 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21308 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21309 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21310 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21311 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21312 original message but it does require a few things:
21313
21314 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21315
21316 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21317 reply buffer.
21318
21319 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21320 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21321 original message.
21322
21323 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21324
21325 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21326
21327 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21328 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21329 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21330
21331 \(fn)" nil nil)
21332
21333 ;;;***
21334 \f
21335 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16162
21336 ;;;;;; 11942))
21337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21338
21339 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21340 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21341 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21342 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21343 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21344
21345 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21346
21347 ;;;***
21348 \f
21349 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21351
21352 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21353 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21354 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21355 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21356 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21357
21358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21361 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21362 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21363 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21364 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21365 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21366 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21367
21368 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21369
21370 ;;;***
21371 \f
21372 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21373 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21374 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21375 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21376 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21377 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21378 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21379 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21380 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21381 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21382 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21383 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21384 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838))
21385 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21386
21387 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21388 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21389 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21390
21391 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21392
21393 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21394 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21395
21396 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21397
21398 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21399 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21400
21401 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21402
21403 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21404 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21405
21406 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21407
21408 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21409 Insert an editable text table.
21410 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21411 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21412 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21413 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21414 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21415 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21416 delimiting them.
21417
21418 Examples:
21419
21420 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21421
21422 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21423 location of point.
21424
21425 -!-
21426
21427 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21428 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21429 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21430 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21431 first cell.
21432
21433 +-----+-----+-----+
21434 |-!- | | |
21435 +-----+-----+-----+
21436
21437 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21438
21439 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21440 width, which results as
21441
21442 +--------------+-----+-----+
21443 |-!- | | |
21444 +--------------+-----+-----+
21445
21446 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21447 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21448
21449 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21450 | | |-!- |
21451 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21452
21453 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21454 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21455 width information to `table-insert'.
21456
21457 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21458
21459 instead of
21460
21461 Cell width(s): 5
21462
21463 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21464 work all together.
21465
21466 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21467 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21468
21469 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21470 |-!- | | |
21471 | | | |
21472 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21473
21474 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21475
21476 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21477 |-!- | | |
21478 | | | |
21479 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21480 | | | |
21481 | | | |
21482 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21483
21484 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21485
21486 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21487 | | | |
21488 | | | |
21489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21490 | | | |
21491 | | | |
21492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21493 -!-
21494
21495 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21496 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21497 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21498
21499 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21500 | | | |
21501 | | | |
21502 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21503 | | | |
21504 | | | |
21505 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21506 |-!- | | |
21507 | | | |
21508 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21509
21510 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21511 results.
21512
21513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21514 | | | |
21515 | | | |
21516 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21517 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21518 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21519 | | |expected results.-!- |
21520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21521 | | | |
21522 | | | |
21523 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21524
21525 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21526
21527 \\{table-cell-map}
21528
21529 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21530
21531 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21532 Insert N table row(s).
21533 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21534 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21535 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21536 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21537
21538 \(fn N)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21541 Insert N table column(s).
21542 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21543 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21544 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21545 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21546
21547 \(fn N)" t nil)
21548
21549 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21550 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21551 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21552
21553 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21556 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21557 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21558 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21559 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21560 all the table specific features.
21561
21562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21563
21564 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21565 Not documented
21566
21567 \(fn)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21570 Recognize all tables within region.
21571 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21572 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21573 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21574 specific features.
21575
21576 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21579 Not documented
21580
21581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21582
21583 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21584 Recognize a table at point.
21585 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21586 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21587 the table specific features.
21588
21589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21592 Not documented
21593
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21597 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21598 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21599 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21600 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21601 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21602 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21603
21604 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21605
21606 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21607 Not documented
21608
21609 \(fn)" t nil)
21610
21611 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21612 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21613 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21614 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21615 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21616 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21617 specified.
21618
21619 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21620
21621 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21622 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21623 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21624 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21625 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21626 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21627 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21628 table structure.
21629
21630 \(fn N)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21633 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21634 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21635 table's rectangle structure.
21636
21637 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21638
21639 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21640 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21641 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21642 table's rectangle structure.
21643
21644 \(fn N)" t nil)
21645
21646 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21647 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21648 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21649 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21650 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21651
21652 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21653
21654 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21655 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21656 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21657
21658 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21659 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21660 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21661 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21662 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21663 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21664 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21665
21666 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21667 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21668 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21669 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21670 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21671 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21672 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21673
21674 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21675 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21676 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21677 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21678 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21679 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21680 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21681 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21682
21683 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21684
21685 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21686 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21687 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21688 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21689
21690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21691
21692 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21693 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21694 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21695
21696 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21699 Split current cell vertically.
21700 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21701
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21705 Split current cell horizontally.
21706 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21707
21708 \(fn)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21711 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21712 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21713
21714 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21717 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21718 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21719 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21720
21721 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21724 Justify cell contents.
21725 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21726 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21727 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21728 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21729
21730 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21731
21732 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21733 Justify cells of a row.
21734 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21735 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21736
21737 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21740 Justify cells of a column.
21741 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21742 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21743
21744 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21747 Toggle fixing width mode.
21748 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21749 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21750 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21751
21752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21755 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21756 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21757 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21758 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21759 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21760 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21761 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21762 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21763 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21764 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21765
21766 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21769 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21770 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21771 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21772 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21773 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21774 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21775 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21776 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21777 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21778 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21779 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21780 untouched.
21781
21782 References used for this implementation:
21783
21784 HTML:
21785 http://www.w3.org
21786
21787 LaTeX:
21788 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21789
21790 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21791 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21792 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21793
21794 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21797 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21798 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21799 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21800 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21801 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21802 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21803 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21804 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21805 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21806 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21807 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21808 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21809 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21810 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21811 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21812 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21813
21814 Example:
21815
21816 (progn
21817 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21818 (table-forward-cell 15)
21819 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21820 (table-forward-cell 16)
21821 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21822 (table-forward-cell 1)
21823 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21824
21825 (progn
21826 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21827 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21828 (table-forward-cell 1)
21829 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21830
21831 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21832
21833 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21834 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21835 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21836 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21837 consists from cells of same height.
21838
21839 \(fn N)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21842 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21843 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21844 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21845 column must consists from cells of same width.
21846
21847 \(fn N)" t nil)
21848
21849 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21850 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21851 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21852 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21853 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21854 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21855 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21856 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21857 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21858 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21859 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21860 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21861 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21862 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21863 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21864
21865
21866 Example 1:
21867
21868 1, 2, 3, 4
21869 5, 6, 7, 8
21870 , 9, 10
21871
21872 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21873 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21874 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21875 specified as 5.
21876
21877 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21878 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21879 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21880 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21881 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21882 | | 9 | 10 | |
21883 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21884
21885 Note:
21886
21887 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21888 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21889 of each row is optional.
21890
21891
21892 Example 2:
21893
21894 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21895 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21896 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21897 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21898 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21899
21900 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21901 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21902
21903 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21904 expression and raw delimiter regular
21905 expression, it parses the specified text
21906 area and extracts cell items from
21907 non-table text and then forms a table out
21908 of them.
21909
21910 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21911 creates a single cell table. The text in
21912 the specified region is placed in that
21913 cell.-*-
21914
21915 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21916 like this.
21917
21918 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21919 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21920 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21921 | |
21922 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21923 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21924 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21925 | area and extracts cell items from |
21926 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21927 | of them. |
21928 | |
21929 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21930 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21931 | the specified region is placed in that |
21932 | cell. |
21933 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21934
21935 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21936 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21937 independently.
21938
21939 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21940 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21941 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21942 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21943 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21944 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21945 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21946 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21947 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21948 | |of them. |
21949 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21950 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21951 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21952 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21953 | |cell. |
21954 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21955
21956 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21957 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21958 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21959
21960 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21961
21962 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21963 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21964 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21965 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21966 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21967
21968 \(fn)" t nil)
21969
21970 ;;;***
21971 \f
21972 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21974
21975 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21976 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21977
21978 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21979
21980 ;;;***
21981 \f
21982 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15961 24151))
21983 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21984
21985 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21986 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21987 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21988 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21989 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21990 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21991 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21992
21993 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21994 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21995 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21996 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21997
21998 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21999 \\{tar-mode-map}
22000
22001 \(fn)" t nil)
22002
22003 ;;;***
22004 \f
22005 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22006 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834))
22007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22008
22009 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22010 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22011 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22012 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22013 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22014 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22015
22016 Variables controlling indentation style:
22017 `tcl-indent-level'
22018 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22019 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22020 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22021
22022 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22023 documentation for details):
22024 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22025 Controls action of TAB key.
22026 `tcl-auto-newline'
22027 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22028 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22029 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22030 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22031 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22032
22033 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22034 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22035 already exist.
22036
22037 Commands:
22038 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22039
22040 \(fn)" t nil)
22041
22042 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22043 Run inferior Tcl process.
22044 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22045 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22046
22047 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22048
22049 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22050 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22051 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22052
22053 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22054
22055 ;;;***
22056 \f
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22059 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22060
22061 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22062 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22063 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22064 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22065 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22066 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22067 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22068
22069 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22070 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22071
22072 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22073 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22074 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22075 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22076
22077 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22078
22079 ;;;***
22080 \f
22081 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15941
22082 ;;;;;; 42957))
22083 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22084
22085 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22086 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22087 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22088 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22089 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22090 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22091
22092 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22093
22094 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22095 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22096 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22097 commands to use in that buffer.
22098
22099 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22100
22101 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22102
22103 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22104 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22105
22106 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22107
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15491
22111 ;;;;;; 28591))
22112 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22113
22114 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22115 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22116 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22117 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22118 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22119 program as keyboard input.
22120
22121 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22122 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22123 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22124 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22125
22126 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22127 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22128 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22129 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22130 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22131
22132 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22133
22134 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22135 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22136 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22137 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22138
22139 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22140 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22141 subprocess started.
22142
22143 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22144
22145 ;;;***
22146 \f
22147 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22148 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16162 11942))
22149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22150
22151 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22152 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22153 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22154 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22155 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22156
22157 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22158
22159 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22160 Start coverage on function under point.
22161
22162 \(fn)" t nil)
22163
22164 ;;;***
22165 \f
22166 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954))
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22168
22169 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22170 Play the Tetris game.
22171 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22172 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22173 as to form complete rows.
22174
22175 tetris-mode keybindings:
22176 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22177 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22178 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22179 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22180 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22181 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22182 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22183 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22184 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22185
22186 \(fn)" t nil)
22187
22188 ;;;***
22189 \f
22190 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22191 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22192 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22193 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22194 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22195 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22196 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22197 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
22198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22199
22200 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22201 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22202
22203 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22204
22205 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22206 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22207 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22208 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22209 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22210
22211 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22212
22213 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22214 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22215 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22216 if it matches the first line of the file,
22217 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22218
22219 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22220
22221 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22222 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22223 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22224 if the variable is non-nil.")
22225
22226 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22227
22228 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22229 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22230
22231 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22232
22233 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22234 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22235 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22236 See the documentation of that variable.")
22237
22238 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22239
22240 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22241 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22242 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22243 See the documentation of that variable.")
22244
22245 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22246
22247 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22248 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22249 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22250 See the documentation of that variable.")
22251
22252 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22253
22254 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22255 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22256 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22257 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22258 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22259
22260 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22261
22262 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22263 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22264 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22265 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22266
22267 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22268
22269 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22270 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22271 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22272
22273 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22274
22275 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22276 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22277 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22278 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22279
22280 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22281
22282 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22283 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22284 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22285 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22286
22287 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22288
22289 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22290 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22291 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22292 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22293
22294 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22295 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22296 for example,
22297
22298 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22299 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22300
22301 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22302 use.")
22303
22304 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22305
22306 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22307 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22308 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22309 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22310 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22311
22312 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22313
22314 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22315
22316 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22317 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22318 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22319
22320 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22321
22322 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22323 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22324 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22325 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22326 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22327
22328 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22329
22330 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22331 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22332
22333 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22334
22335 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22336 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22337
22338 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22339
22340 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22341 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22342 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22343 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22344 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22345 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22346 says which mode to use.
22347
22348 \(fn)" t nil)
22349
22350 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22351
22352 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22353
22354 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22355
22356 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22357 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22358 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22359 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22360 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22361
22362 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22363 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22364 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22365 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22366 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22367 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22368 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22369
22370 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22371 mismatched $'s or braces.
22372
22373 Special commands:
22374 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22375
22376 Mode variables:
22377 tex-run-command
22378 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22379 tex-directory
22380 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22381 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22382 tex-dvi-print-command
22383 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22384 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22385 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22386 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22387 tex-dvi-view-command
22388 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22389 tex-show-queue-command
22390 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22391 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22392
22393 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22394 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22395 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22396
22397 \(fn)" t nil)
22398
22399 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22400 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22401 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22402 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22403 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22404
22405 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22406 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22407 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22408 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22409 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22410 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22411 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22412
22413 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22414 mismatched $'s or braces.
22415
22416 Special commands:
22417 \\{latex-mode-map}
22418
22419 Mode variables:
22420 latex-run-command
22421 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22422 tex-directory
22423 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22424 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22425 tex-dvi-print-command
22426 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22427 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22428 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22429 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22430 tex-dvi-view-command
22431 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22432 tex-show-queue-command
22433 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22434 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22435
22436 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22437 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22438 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22439
22440 \(fn)" t nil)
22441
22442 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22443 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22444 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22445 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22446 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22447
22448 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22449 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22450 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22451 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22452 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22453 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22454 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22455
22456 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22457 mismatched $'s or braces.
22458
22459 Special commands:
22460 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22461
22462 Mode variables:
22463 slitex-run-command
22464 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22465 tex-directory
22466 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22467 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22468 tex-dvi-print-command
22469 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22470 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22471 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22472 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22473 tex-dvi-view-command
22474 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22475 tex-show-queue-command
22476 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22477 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22478
22479 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22480 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22481 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22482 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22483
22484 \(fn)" t nil)
22485
22486 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22487 Not documented
22488
22489 \(fn)" nil nil)
22490
22491 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22492 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22493
22494 \(fn)" t nil)
22495
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22499 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22501
22502 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22503 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22504 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22505 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22506
22507 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22508 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22509 Info-split to do these manually.
22510
22511 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22512
22513 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22514 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22515 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22516 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22517 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22518
22519 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22520
22521 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22522 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22523 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22524 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22525
22526 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22527 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22528 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22529 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22530
22531 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22532 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22533
22534 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22535
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22539 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22541
22542 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22543 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22544
22545 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22546
22547 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22548 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22549
22550 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22551
22552 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22553 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22554
22555 It has these extra commands:
22556 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22557
22558 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22559 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22560 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22561 modified version of TeX input format.
22562
22563 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22564 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22565 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22566 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22567
22568 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22569 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22570 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22571 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22572 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22573 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22574 in the Texinfo file.
22575
22576 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22577 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22578 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22579 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22580 move forward past the closing brace.
22581
22582 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22583 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22584
22585 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22586 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22587 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22588
22589 Here are the functions:
22590
22591 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22592 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22593 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22594
22595 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22596 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22597 texinfo-master-menu
22598
22599 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22600
22601 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22602 which menu descriptions are indented.
22603
22604 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22605 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22606 in the region.
22607
22608 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22609 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22610 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22611 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22612
22613 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22614 be the first node in the file.
22615
22616 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22617 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22618
22619 \(fn)" t nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22624 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22625 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16118 44435))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22627
22628 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22629 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22630 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22631 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22632
22633 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22634
22635 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22636 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22637
22638 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22639
22640 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22641 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22642
22643 \(fn)" t nil)
22644
22645 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22646 Not documented
22647
22648 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22649
22650 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22651 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22652 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22653 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22654 to compose.
22655
22656 The return value is number of composed characters.
22657
22658 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22659
22660 ;;;***
22661 \f
22662 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22663 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22664 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22666
22667 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22668 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22669
22670 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22671
22672 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22673 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22674 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22675 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22676 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22677
22678 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22679 a symbol as a valid THING.
22680
22681 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22682 of the textual entity that was found.
22683
22684 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22685
22686 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22687 Return the THING at point.
22688 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22689 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22690 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22691
22692 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22693 a symbol as a valid THING.
22694
22695 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22696
22697 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22698 Not documented
22699
22700 \(fn)" nil nil)
22701
22702 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22703 Not documented
22704
22705 \(fn)" nil nil)
22706
22707 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22708 Not documented
22709
22710 \(fn)" nil nil)
22711
22712 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22713 Not documented
22714
22715 \(fn)" nil nil)
22716
22717 ;;;***
22718 \f
22719 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22720 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22721 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22722 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22723 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22724 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16118 44435))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22726
22727 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22728 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22729 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22730
22731 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22732
22733 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22734 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22735
22736 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22737
22738 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22739 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22740 The returned string has no composition information.
22741
22742 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22743
22744 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22745 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22746
22747 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22748
22749 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22750 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22751
22752 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22753
22754 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22755 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22756 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22757 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22758
22759 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22760
22761 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22762 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22763 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22764 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22765
22766 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22767
22768 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22769 Not documented
22770
22771 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22772
22773 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22774 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22775 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22776
22777 \(fn)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22780 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22781 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22782
22783 \(fn)" t nil)
22784
22785 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22786 Not documented
22787
22788 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22789
22790 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22791 Not documented
22792
22793 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22794
22795 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22796 Not documented
22797
22798 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22799
22800 ;;;***
22801 \f
22802 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22803 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22805
22806 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22807 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22808 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22809 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22810 parameters.
22811 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22812
22813 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22816 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22817 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22818 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22819 parameters.
22820 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22821
22822 \(fn)" t nil)
22823
22824 ;;;***
22825 \f
22826 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22827 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 37576))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22829
22830 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22831 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22832
22833 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22834
22835 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22836 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22837 This display updates automatically every minute.
22838 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22839 are displayed as well.
22840 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22841
22842 \(fn)" t nil)
22843
22844 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22845 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22846 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22848 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22849
22850 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22851
22852 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22853 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22854 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22855
22856 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22857 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22858 are displayed as well.
22859 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22860
22861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22862
22863 ;;;***
22864 \f
22865 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22866 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22867 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22868 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22870
22871 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22872 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22873
22874 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22875
22876 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22877 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22878
22879 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22880
22881 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22882 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22883
22884 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22885
22886 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22887 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22888
22889 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22890
22891 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22892 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22893 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22894
22895 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22896
22897 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22898
22899 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22900 Subtract two time values.
22901 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22902
22903 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22904
22905 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22906 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22907
22908 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22909
22910 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22911 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22912 DATE should be a date-time string.
22913
22914 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22915
22916 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22917 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22918 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22919
22920 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22921
22922 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22923 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22924
22925 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22926
22927 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22928 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22929
22930 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22931
22932 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22933 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22934 TIME should be a time value.
22935 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22936
22937 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22938
22939 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22940 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22941 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22942
22943 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22944
22945 ;;;***
22946 \f
22947 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22948 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22950
22951 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22952 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22953 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22954 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22955 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22956 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22957 look like one of the following:
22958 Time-stamp: <>
22959 Time-stamp: \" \"
22960 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22961 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22962 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22963 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22964 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22965 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22966 template.
22967
22968 \(fn)" t nil)
22969
22970 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22971 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22972 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22973
22974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22975
22976 ;;;***
22977 \f
22978 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22979 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22980 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22981 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22982 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
22983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22984
22985 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22986 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22987 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22988 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22989 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22990 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22991 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22992 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22993 display (non-nil means on).
22994
22995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22996
22997 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22998 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22999 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23000 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23001 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23002 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23003 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23004 this function is called within a day.
23005
23006 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23007 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23008 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23009 discover the name of the project.
23010
23011 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23012
23013 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23014 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23015 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23016 begun during the last time segment.
23017
23018 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23019 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23020 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23021 discover the reason.
23022
23023 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23024
23025 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23026 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23027 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23028 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23029 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23030
23031 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23032
23033 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23034 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23035 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23036 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23037 project you were working on.
23038
23039 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23040
23041 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23042 Ask the user before clocking out.
23043 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23044
23045 \(fn)" nil nil)
23046
23047 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23048 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23049 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23050
23051 \(fn)" t nil)
23052
23053 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23054 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23055 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23056 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23057 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23058 \"relative to today\".
23059
23060 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23061
23062 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23063 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23064 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23065 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23066
23067 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23068
23069 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23070 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23071 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23072 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23073 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23074 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23075
23076 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23077
23078 ;;;***
23079 \f
23080 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23081 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
23083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23084
23085 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23086
23087 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23088 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23089
23090 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23091
23092 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23093 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23094
23095 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23096
23097 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23098 Perform an action at time TIME.
23099 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23100 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23101 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23102 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23103 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23104 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23105
23106 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23107
23108 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23111 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23112 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23113 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23114 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23115
23116 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23117
23118 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23119
23120 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23121 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23122 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23123 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23124
23125 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23126
23127 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23128 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23129 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23130 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23131
23132 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23133 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23134
23135 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23136
23137 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23138 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23139
23140 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23141 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23142 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23143 The call should look like:
23144 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23145 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23146 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23147 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23148 be detected.
23149
23150 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23151
23152 ;;;***
23153 \f
23154 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23155 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15941 42961))
23156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23157
23158 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23159 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23160 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23161 the generated Quail package is saved.
23162
23163 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23164
23165 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23166 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23167 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23168 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23169 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23170 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23171 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23172
23173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23174
23175 ;;;***
23176 \f
23177 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
23178 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16118 44435))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23180
23181 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23182 Not documented
23183
23184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23185
23186 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23187 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23188 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23189 PATTERN regexp.
23190
23191 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23192
23193 ;;;***
23194 \f
23195 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23196 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 10300))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23198 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23199 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23200 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23201
23202 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23203 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23204 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23205 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23206 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23207
23208 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23209
23210 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23211 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23212 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23213 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23214 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23215
23216 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23217
23218 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23219 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23220 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23221 in the menu in two ways:
23222 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23223 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23224 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23225
23226 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23227 keymap or an alist of alists.
23228 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23229 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23230
23231 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23232
23233 ;;;***
23234 \f
23235 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23236 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23237 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 53844))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23239
23240 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23241 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23242
23243 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23244
23245 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23246 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23247
23248 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23249
23250 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23251 Insert new TODO list entry.
23252 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23253 category.
23254
23255 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23258 List top priorities for each category.
23259
23260 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23261 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23262
23263 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23264 between each category.
23265
23266 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23267
23268 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23269 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23270 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23271 between each category.
23272
23273 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23274
23275 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23276
23277 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23278 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23279
23280 \\{todo-mode-map}
23281
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23283
23284 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23285 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23286
23287 \(fn)" nil nil)
23288
23289 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23290 Show TODO list.
23291
23292 \(fn)" t nil)
23293
23294 ;;;***
23295 \f
23296 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23297 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23298 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473))
23299 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23300
23301 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23302 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23303 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23305 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23306
23307 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23308
23309 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23310 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23311 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23312
23313 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23314 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23315
23316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23317
23318 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23319
23320 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23321 Add an item to the tool bar.
23322 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23323 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23324 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23325 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23326
23327 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23328 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23329 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23330
23331 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23332 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23333
23334 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23335
23336 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23337 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23338 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23339 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23340 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23341 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23342
23343 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23344 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23345 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23346
23347 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23348
23349 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23350 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23351 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23352 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23353 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23354 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23355 properties to add to the binding.
23356
23357 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23358
23359 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23360 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23361
23362 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23363
23364 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23365 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23366 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23367 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23368 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23369 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23370 properties to add to the binding.
23371
23372 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23373
23374 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23375
23376 ;;;***
23377 \f
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23381
23382 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23383 Mode for tooltip display.
23384 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23385
23386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23387
23388 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23389 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23391 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23392
23393 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23394
23395 ;;;***
23396 \f
23397 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678
23398 ;;;;;; 51469))
23399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23400
23401 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23402
23403 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23404
23405 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23406 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23407
23408 \(fn)" t nil)
23409
23410 ;;;***
23411 \f
23412 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23413 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15188 565))
23414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23415
23416 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23417 Set scroll margins.
23418
23419 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23420
23421 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23422 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23423
23424 \(fn)" t nil)
23425
23426 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23427 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23428
23429 \(fn)" t nil)
23430
23431 ;;;***
23432 \f
23433 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152))
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23435
23436 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23437 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23438 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23439 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23440 to a tcp server on another machine.
23441
23442 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23443
23444 ;;;***
23445 \f
23446 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23447 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23449
23450 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23451 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23452
23453 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23454
23455 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23456 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23457 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23458 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23459 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23460 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23461 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23462 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23463
23464 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23465
23466 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23467 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23468 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23469 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23470 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23471 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23472 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23473
23474 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23475
23476 ;;;***
23477 \f
23478 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23479 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23480 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16162 11943))
23481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23482
23483 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23484 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23485 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23486
23487 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23488 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23489 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23490 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23491
23492 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23493 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23494 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23495 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23496
23497 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23498 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23499 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23500 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23501 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23502 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23503 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23504 files which are not really tramp files.
23505
23506 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23507 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23508 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23509 updated after changing this variable.
23510
23511 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23512
23513 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23514
23515 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23516 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23517 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23518 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23519
23520 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23521 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23522 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23523 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23524
23525 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23526 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23527 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23528
23529 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23530 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23531 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23532 updated after changing this variable.
23533
23534 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23535
23536 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23537
23538 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23539 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23540 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23541
23542 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23543
23544 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23545
23546 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23547 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23548 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23549
23550 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23551
23552 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23553
23554 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23555
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23559 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16162 11944))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23561 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23562 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23563 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23564
23565 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23566 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23567 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23568 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23569 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23570 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23571 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23572
23573 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23574
23575 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23576 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23577 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23578 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23579
23580 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23581
23582 \(fn)" t nil)
23583
23584 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23585 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23586 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23587 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23588 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23589 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23590 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23591
23592 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23593 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23594
23595 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23596 \\___/\\
23597 / \\
23598 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23599
23600 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23601
23602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23603
23604 ;;;***
23605 \f
23606 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23607 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23608 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23609 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826))
23610 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23611
23612 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23613 Toggle typing break mode.
23614 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23616 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23617
23618 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23619
23620 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23621 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23622
23623 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23624
23625 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23626 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23627
23628 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23629 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23630 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23631
23632 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23633 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23634
23635 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23636
23637 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23638 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23639 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23640
23641 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23642 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23643 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23644 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23645 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23646 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23647
23648 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23649 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23650 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23651 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23652
23653 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23654 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23655
23656 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23657 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23658
23659 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23660
23661 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23662 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23663 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23664
23665 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23666 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23667 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23668 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23669 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23670 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23671 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23672
23673 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23674 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23675
23676 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23677 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23678 reset the keystroke counter.
23679
23680 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23681 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23682 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23683 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23684
23685 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23686 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23687 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23688 `type-break-schedule' command.
23689
23690 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23691 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23692 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23693 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23694 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23695 or not to continue.
23696
23697 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23698 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23699 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23700 approximate good values for this.
23701
23702 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23703 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23704
23705 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23706 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23707 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23708 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23709 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23710 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23711
23712 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23713 a typing break occur. They include:
23714
23715 `type-break-query-mode'
23716 `type-break-query-function'
23717 `type-break-query-interval'
23718
23719 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23720
23721 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23722
23723 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23724 Take a typing break.
23725
23726 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23727 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23728
23729 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23730 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23731
23732 \(fn)" t nil)
23733
23734 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23735 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23736 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23737 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23738
23739 \(fn)" t nil)
23740
23741 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23742 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23743
23744 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23745 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23746 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23747 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23748 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23749 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23750 average typing speed.)
23751
23752 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23753 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23754 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23755 the computed maximum threshold.
23756
23757 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23758 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23759 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23760 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23761 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23762
23763 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23764
23765 ;;;***
23766 \f
23767 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23768 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 43697))
23769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23770
23771 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23772 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23773 Works by overstriking underscores.
23774 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23775 which specify the range to operate on.
23776
23777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23778
23779 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23780 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23781 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23782 which specify the range to operate on.
23783
23784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23785
23786 ;;;***
23787 \f
23788 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23789 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154))
23790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23791
23792 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23793 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23794 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23795
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23797
23798 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23799 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23800 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23801 following the containing message.
23802
23803 \(fn)" t nil)
23804
23805 ;;;***
23806 \f
23807 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23808 ;;;;;; (15764 7537))
23809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23810
23811 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23812 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23813 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23814 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23815 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23816 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23817
23818 \(fn)" nil nil)
23819
23820 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23821 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23822
23823 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23824
23825 ;;;***
23826 \f
23827 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16162
23828 ;;;;;; 11942))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23830
23831 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23832 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23833 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23834 of symbols with local bindings.
23835
23836 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23837
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23841 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23843
23844 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23845 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23846 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23847 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23848 to refrain from editing the file
23849 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23850 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23851 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23852 in any way you like.
23853
23854 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23855
23856 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23857 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23858 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23859 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23860 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23861
23862 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23863 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23864
23865 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23866
23867 ;;;***
23868 \f
23869 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23870 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 43690))
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23872
23873 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23874 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23875 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23876 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23877
23878 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23879
23880 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23881 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23882 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23883
23884 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23885
23886 ;;;***
23887 \f
23888 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23889 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23890 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23891 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23892 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23893 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23894 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23896
23897 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23898 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23899 See `run-hooks'.")
23900
23901 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23902
23903 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23904 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23905 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23906
23907 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23908
23909 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23910 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23911 See `run-hooks'.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23914
23915 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23916 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23917
23918 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23919
23920 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23921 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23922 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23923 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23924 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23925 somebody else, signal error.
23926
23927 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23928
23929 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23930 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23931 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23932 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23933 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23934
23935 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23936
23937 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23938 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23939 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23940 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23941 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23942 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23943 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23944 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23945 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23946 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23947 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23948
23949 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23950
23951 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23952 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23953
23954 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23955 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23956
23957 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23958 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23959 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23960 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23961 lock steals will raise an error.
23962
23963 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23964
23965 For RCS and SCCS files:
23966 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23967 control.
23968 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23969 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23970 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23971 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23972 it performs a revert.
23973 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23974 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23975 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23976 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23977 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23978 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23979 the option to steal the lock.
23980
23981 For CVS files:
23982 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23983 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23984 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23985 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23986 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23987 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23988 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23989 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23990 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23991
23992 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23993
23994 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23995 Register the current file into a version control system.
23996 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23997 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23998
23999 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24000 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24001 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24002 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24003 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24004 first backend that could register the file is used.
24005
24006 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24007
24008 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24009 Display diffs between file versions.
24010 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24011 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24012 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24013 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24014 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24015 saving the buffer.
24016
24017 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24018
24019 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24020 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24021 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24022 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24023
24024 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24025
24026 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24027 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24028 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24029 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24030
24031 \(fn)" t nil)
24032
24033 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24034 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24035 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24036 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24037 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24038 from the current branch.
24039
24040 See Info node `Merging'.
24041
24042 \(fn)" t nil)
24043
24044 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24045
24046 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24047 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24048
24049 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24050
24051 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24052 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24053
24054 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24055
24056 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24057 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24058 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24059 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24060 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24061 are checked out in that new branch.
24062
24063 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24064
24065 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24066 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24067 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24068 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24069 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24070 allowed and simply skipped).
24071
24072 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24073
24074 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24075 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24076
24077 \(fn)" t nil)
24078
24079 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24080 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24081 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24082 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24083 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24084
24085 \(fn)" t nil)
24086
24087 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24088 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24089 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24090 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24091 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24092 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24093
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24095
24096 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24097 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24098 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24099
24100 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24101
24102 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24103 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24104 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24105 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24106 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24107 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24108 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24109
24110 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24111
24112 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24113 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24114 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24115 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24116 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24117 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24118 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24119 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24120 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24121
24122 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24123
24124 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24125 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24126
24127 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24128
24129 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24130 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24131 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24132 directory.
24133
24134 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24135
24136 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24137 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24138 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24139
24140 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24141 log entries should be gathered.
24142
24143 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24144
24145 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24146 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24147
24148 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24149 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24150 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24151 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24152 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24153 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24154
24155 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24156 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24157 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24158 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24159 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24160 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24161 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24162 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24163
24164 Customization variables:
24165
24166 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24167 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24168 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24169 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24170
24171 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24172
24173 ;;;***
24174 \f
24175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16136 53054))
24176 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24177 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24178 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24179 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24180 (load "vc-cvs")
24181 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24182
24183 ;;;***
24184 \f
24185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24187 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24188 (let ((dir file))
24189 (while (and (stringp dir)
24190 (not (equal
24191 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24192 dir)
24193 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24194 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24195 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24196 (if (eq dir t)
24197 (progn
24198 (load "vc-mcvs")
24199 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24200
24201 ;;;***
24202 \f
24203 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24204 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24206
24207 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24208 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24209 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24210
24211 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24212 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24213
24214 ;;;***
24215 \f
24216 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24217 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
24218 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24219
24220 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24221 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24222 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24223
24224 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24225 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24226
24227 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24228 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24229 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24230 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24231
24232 ;;;***
24233 \f
24234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16162 11942))
24235 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24236 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24237 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24238 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24239 (load "vc-svn")
24240 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24241
24242 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24243
24244 ;;;***
24245 \f
24246 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24247 ;;;;;; (15997 673))
24248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24249
24250 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24251 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24252
24253 Usage:
24254 ------
24255
24256 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24257 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24258 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24259 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24260 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24261 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24262 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24263 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24264 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24265
24266 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24267 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24268 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24269 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24270
24271 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24272 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24273 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24274 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24275 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24276
24277 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24278 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24279
24280
24281 HEADER INSERTION:
24282 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24283 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24284 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24285
24286
24287 STUTTERING:
24288 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24289 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24290 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24291 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24292
24293 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24294 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24295 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24296 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24297 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24298
24299
24300 WORD COMPLETION:
24301 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24302 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24303 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24304 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24305
24306 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24307 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24308 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24309 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24310 beginning with \"std\").
24311
24312 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24313 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24314 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24315 stop.
24316
24317
24318 COMMENTS:
24319 `--' puts a single comment.
24320 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24321 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24322 with a comment in between.
24323 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24324 out following lines.
24325 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24326 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24327
24328 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24329 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24330 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24331 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24332 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24333 non-nil.
24334
24335 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24336 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24337 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24338 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24339 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24340 multi-line comments.
24341
24342
24343 INDENTATION:
24344 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24345 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24346 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24347 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24348
24349 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24350 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24351 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24352 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24353
24354 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24355 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24356 and vice versa.
24357
24358 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24359 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24360
24361
24362 ALIGNMENT:
24363 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24364 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24365 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24366 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24367 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24368 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24369 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24370 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24371
24372 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24373 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24374 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24375 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24376 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24377 is non-nil.
24378
24379 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24380 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24381 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24382
24383 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24384 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24385
24386
24387 | CODE FILLING:
24388 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24389 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24390 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24391 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24392 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24393 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24394
24395
24396 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24397 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24398 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24399 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24400 command:
24401
24402 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24403
24404
24405 PORT TRANSLATION:
24406 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24407 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24408 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24409 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24410 internal signal initializations (menu).
24411
24412 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24413 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24414 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24415
24416 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24417 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24418 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24419 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24420 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24421 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24422
24423 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24424 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24425 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24426
24427
24428 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24429 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24430 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24431 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24432 | association list with formals).
24433
24434
24435 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24436 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24437 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24438 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24439 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24440 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24441 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24442 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24443 `vhdl-testbench'.
24444
24445
24446 KEY BINDINGS:
24447 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24448
24449
24450 VHDL MENU:
24451 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24452
24453
24454 FILE BROWSER:
24455 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24456 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24457 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24458
24459 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24460 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24461
24462
24463 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24464 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24465 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24466 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24467
24468 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24469 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24470 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24471
24472 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24473 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24474 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24475 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24476
24477 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24478 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24479 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24480 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24481 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24482
24483 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24484 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24485 required by secondary units.
24486
24487
24488 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24489 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24490 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24491 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24492 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24493 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24494 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24495 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24496 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24497 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24498 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24499 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24500 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24501 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24502 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24503 |
24504 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24505 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24506 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24507 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24508 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24509 |
24510 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24511 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24512 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24513 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24514 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24515 |
24516 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24517 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24518 |
24519 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24520
24521
24522 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24523 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24524 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24525 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24526 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24527 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24528 information. New compilers can be added.
24529
24530 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24531 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24532
24533
24534 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24535 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24536 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24537 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24538 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24539
24540 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24541 command:
24542
24543 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24544 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24545 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24546
24547 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24548 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24549 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24550 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24551 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24552 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24553 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24554
24555 Limitations:
24556 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24557 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24558 not (yet) supported.
24559 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24560 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24561 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24562
24563
24564 PROJECTS:
24565 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24566 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24567 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24568 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24569 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24570 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24571 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24572 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24573
24574 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24575 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24576 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24577 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24578 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24579 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24580 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24581 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24582 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24583 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24584 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24585
24586
24587 SPECIAL MENUES:
24588 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24589 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24590 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24591 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24592 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24593 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24594 current directory for VHDL source files.
24595
24596
24597 VHDL STANDARDS:
24598 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24599 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24600
24601
24602 KEYWORD CASE:
24603 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24604 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24605 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24606 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24607 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24608 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24609 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24610 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24611
24612
24613 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24614 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24615 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24616 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24617 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24618 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24619 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24620
24621 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24622 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24623 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24624 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24625 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24626 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24627
24628 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24629 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24630 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24631 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24632 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24633 visually.
24634
24635 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24636 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24637 highlighted if written in lower case.
24638
24639 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24640 highlighted using a different background color if option
24641 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24642
24643 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24644 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24645 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24646 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24647 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24648
24649
24650 USER MODELS:
24651 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24652 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24653 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24654
24655
24656 HIDE/SHOW:
24657 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24658 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24659 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24660 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24661 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24662
24663
24664 CODE UPDATING:
24665 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24666 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24667 Limitations:
24668 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24669 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24670 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24671 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24672 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24673 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24674 (used to obtain the port names).
24675
24676
24677 CODE FIXING:
24678 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24679 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24680
24681
24682 PRINTING:
24683 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24684 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24685 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24686 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24687 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24688 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24689 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24690 printers.
24691
24692
24693 OPTIONS:
24694 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24695 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24696 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24697 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24698 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24699
24700 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24701 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24702 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24703 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24704 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24705 INSTALL file).
24706
24707 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24708 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24709
24710
24711 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24712 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24713 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24714 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24715
24716 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24717
24718
24719 HINTS:
24720 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24721 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24722
24723 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24724
24725 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24726
24727 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24728
24729
24730 RELEASE NOTES:
24731 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24732
24733
24734 Maintenance:
24735 ------------
24736
24737 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24738 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24739
24740 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24741
24742 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24743 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24744 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24745 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24746
24747 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24748 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24749 where the latest version can be found.
24750
24751
24752 Known problems:
24753 ---------------
24754
24755 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24756 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24757 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24758
24759
24760 The VHDL Mode Authors
24761 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24762
24763 Key bindings:
24764 -------------
24765
24766 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24767
24768 \(fn)" t nil)
24769
24770 ;;;***
24771 \f
24772 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958))
24773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24774
24775 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24776 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24777 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24778 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24779
24780 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24781 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24782 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24783 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24784 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24785
24786 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24787 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24788
24789 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24790
24791 * Limitations and unsupported features
24792 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24793 not supported.
24794 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24795 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24796
24797 * Modifications
24798 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24799 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24800 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24801 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24802 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24803 for undoing a repeated change command.
24804 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24805 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24806 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24807
24808 * Extensions
24809 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24810 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24811 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24812 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24813 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24814 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24815 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24816 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24817
24818 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24819
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24821
24822 ;;;***
24823 \f
24824 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24825 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24826 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24827 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16118 44435))
24828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24829
24830 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24831 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24832
24833 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24834
24835 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24836 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24837 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24838 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24839
24840 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24841
24842 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24843 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24844
24845 \(fn)" t nil)
24846
24847 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24848 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24849 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24850 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24851
24852 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24853
24854 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24855 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24856
24857 \(fn)" t nil)
24858
24859 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24860 Not documented
24861
24862 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24863
24864 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24865 Not documented
24866
24867 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24868
24869 ;;;***
24870 \f
24871 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24872 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24873 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16142
24874 ;;;;;; 9350))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24876
24877 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24878 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24879 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24880 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24881
24882 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24883
24884 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24885 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24886 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24887 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24888 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24889 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24890 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24891
24892 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24893
24894 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24895
24896 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24897 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24898 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24899 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24900 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24901 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24902 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24903 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24904
24905 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24906
24907 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24908
24909 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24910 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24911 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24912 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24913 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24914 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24915 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24916 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24917
24918 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24919
24920 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24921
24922 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24923 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24924 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24925 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24926 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24927 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24928 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24929
24930 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24931
24932 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24933 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24934 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24935
24936 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24937
24938 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24939 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24940 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24945 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24946
24947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24948
24949 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24950 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24951 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24952
24953 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24954
24955 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24956 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24957 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24958 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24959 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24960 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24961 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24962 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24963
24964 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24965
24966 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24967 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24968 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24969
24970 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24971
24972 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24973 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24974 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24975
24976 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24977 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24978 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24979 read-only.
24980 \\<view-mode-map>
24981 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24982 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24983 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24984 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24985 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24986
24987 H, h, ? This message.
24988 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24989 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24990 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24991 > move to the end of buffer.
24992 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24993 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24994 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24995 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24996 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24997 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24998 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24999 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25000 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25001 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25002 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25003 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25004 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25005 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25006 Use this to view a changing file.
25007 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25008 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25009 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25010 . set the mark.
25011 x exchanges point and mark.
25012 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25013 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25014 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25015 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25016 ' go to position saved in character register.
25017 s do forward incremental search.
25018 r do reverse incremental search.
25019 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25020 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25021 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25022 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25023 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25024 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25025 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25026 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25027 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25028 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25029 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25030 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25031 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25032 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25033 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25034 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25035 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25036
25037 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25038 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25039 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25040 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25041 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25042 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25043 will return to that buffer.
25044
25045 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25046
25047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25048
25049 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25050 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25051 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25052 `view-return-to-alist'.
25053 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25054 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25055 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25056
25057 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25058 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25059 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25060 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25061 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25062 1) nil Do nothing.
25063 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25064 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25065 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25066 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25067
25068 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25069
25070 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25071
25072 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25073
25074 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25075 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25076
25077 \(fn)" t nil)
25078
25079 ;;;***
25080 \f
25081 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
25082 ;;;;;; 41830))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25084
25085 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25086 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25087
25088 \(fn)" nil nil)
25089
25090 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25091 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25092
25093 \(fn)" t nil)
25094
25095 ;;;***
25096 \f
25097 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25098 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25100
25101 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25102 Toggle Viper on/off.
25103 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25104
25105 \(fn)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25108 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25109
25110 \(fn)" t nil)
25111
25112 ;;;***
25113 \f
25114 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25115 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
25116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25117
25118 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25119 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25120 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25121 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25122 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25123 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25124 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25125 the beginning of the warning.")
25126
25127 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25128 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25129 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25130 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25131 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25132 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25133 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25134 also call that function before the next warning.")
25135
25136 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25137 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25138
25139 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
25140 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
25141 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
25142 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25143
25144 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25145 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25146 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
25147 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25148 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25149 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25150
25151 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25152 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25153 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25154 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25155 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25156 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25157 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25158
25159 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25160 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25161
25162 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25163
25164 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25165 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25166
25167 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25168
25169 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25170 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25171 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25172 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25173
25174 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
25175 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25176 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25177 can be whatever you like.)
25178
25179 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25180 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25181 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25182 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25183 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25184
25185 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25186
25187 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25188 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25189 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25190 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25191 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
25192
25193 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25194
25195 ;;;***
25196 \f
25197 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963))
25198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25199
25200 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25201 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25202
25203 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25204 hotlist.
25205
25206 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25207 <nwv@acm.org>.
25208
25209 \(fn)" t nil)
25210
25211 ;;;***
25212 \f
25213 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25214 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25216 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25217 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25218
25219 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25220
25221 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25222 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25223 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25225 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25226
25227 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25228
25229 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25230 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25231 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25232 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25233
25234 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25235 and off otherwise.
25236
25237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25238
25239 ;;;***
25240 \f
25241 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25242 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25243 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25244 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25245 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25246 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
25247 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25248
25249 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25250 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25251
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25253
25254 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25255 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25256
25257 \(fn)" t nil)
25258
25259 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25260 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25261
25262 \(fn)" t nil)
25263
25264 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25265 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25266
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25270 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25271
25272 \(fn)" t nil)
25273
25274 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25275 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25276 These are:
25277 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25278 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25279 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25280 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25281 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25282
25283 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25284 and:
25285 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25286 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25287
25288 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25289
25290 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25291 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25292
25293 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25294
25295 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25296 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25297
25298 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25299 whitespace problems.
25300
25301 \(fn)" t nil)
25302
25303 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25304 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25305
25306 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25307
25308 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25309 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25310 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25312 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25313
25314 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25315
25316 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25317 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25318 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25319
25320 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25321 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25322
25323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25324
25325 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25326 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25327 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25328
25329 \(fn)" t nil)
25330
25331 ;;;***
25332 \f
25333 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25334 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957))
25335 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25336
25337 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25338 Browse the widget under point.
25339
25340 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25341
25342 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25343 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25344
25345 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25348 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25349
25350 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25351
25352 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25353 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25354 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25355
25356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25357
25358 ;;;***
25359 \f
25360 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25361 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16111
25362 ;;;;;; 41826))
25363 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25364
25365 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25366 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25367
25368 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25369
25370 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25371 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25372 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25373
25374 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25375
25376 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25377 Create widget of TYPE.
25378 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25379
25380 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25381
25382 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25383 Delete WIDGET.
25384
25385 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25386
25387 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25388 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25389
25390 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25391
25392 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25393 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25394 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25395
25396 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25397 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25398
25399 \(fn)" nil nil)
25400
25401 ;;;***
25402 \f
25403 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25404 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25405 ;;;;;; 41826))
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25407
25408 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25409 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25410 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25411 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25412 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25413 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25414 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25415
25416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25417
25418 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25419 Select the window above the current one.
25420 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25421 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25422 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25423 negative ARG) of the current window.
25424 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25425
25426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25427
25428 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25429 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25430 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25431 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25432 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25433 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25434 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25435
25436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25437
25438 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25439 Select the window below the current one.
25440 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25441 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25442 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25443 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25444 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25445
25446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25447
25448 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25449 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25450 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25451 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25452
25453 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25454
25455 ;;;***
25456 \f
25457 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25458 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
25459 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25460
25461 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25462 Toggle winner-mode.
25463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25464 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25465
25466 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25467
25468 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25469 Toggle Winner mode.
25470 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25471
25472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25473
25474 ;;;***
25475 \f
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25477 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16012 41365))
25478 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25479
25480 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25481 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25482 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25483 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25484 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25485 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25486 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25487 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25488
25489 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25490 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25491
25492 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25493
25494 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25495 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25496
25497 \(fn)" t nil)
25498
25499 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25500 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25501 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25502 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25503 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25504 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25505 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25506 `woman' command for further details.
25507
25508 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25509
25510 ;;;***
25511 \f
25512 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25513 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25515
25516 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25517 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25518
25519 BUGS:
25520 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25521 are not implemented
25522 - Options for search and replace
25523 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25524 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25525
25526 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25527 Emacs-like.
25528
25529 The key bindings are:
25530
25531 C-a backward-word
25532 C-b fill-paragraph
25533 C-c scroll-up-line
25534 C-d forward-char
25535 C-e previous-line
25536 C-f forward-word
25537 C-g delete-char
25538 C-h backward-char
25539 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25540 C-j help-for-help
25541 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25542 C-l ws-repeat-search
25543 C-n open-line
25544 C-p quoted-insert
25545 C-r scroll-down-line
25546 C-s backward-char
25547 C-t kill-word
25548 C-u keyboard-quit
25549 C-v overwrite-mode
25550 C-w scroll-down
25551 C-x next-line
25552 C-y kill-complete-line
25553 C-z scroll-up
25554
25555 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25556 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25557 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25558 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25559 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25560 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25561 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25562 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25563 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25564 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25565 C-k b ws-begin-block
25566 C-k c ws-copy-block
25567 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25568 C-k f find-file
25569 C-k h ws-show-markers
25570 C-k i ws-indent-block
25571 C-k k ws-end-block
25572 C-k p ws-print-block
25573 C-k q kill-emacs
25574 C-k r insert-file
25575 C-k s save-some-buffers
25576 C-k t ws-mark-word
25577 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25578 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25579 C-k v ws-move-block
25580 C-k w ws-write-block
25581 C-k x kill-emacs
25582 C-k y ws-delete-block
25583
25584 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25585 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25586 C-o j justify-current-line
25587 C-o k kill-buffer
25588 C-o l list-buffers
25589 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25590 C-o r set-fill-column
25591 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25592 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25593 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25594 C-o wo other-window
25595 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25596
25597 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25598 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25599 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25600 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25601 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25602 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25603 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25604 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25605 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25606 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25607 C-q a ws-query-replace
25608 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25609 C-q c end-of-buffer
25610 C-q d end-of-line
25611 C-q f ws-search
25612 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25613 C-q l ws-undo
25614 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25615 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25616 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25617 C-q w ws-last-error
25618 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25619 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25620
25621 \(fn)" t nil)
25622
25623 ;;;***
25624 \f
25625 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25626 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
25627 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25628
25629 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25630 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25631 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25632 Returns the top node with all its children.
25633 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25634 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25635
25636 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25637
25638 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25639 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25640 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25641 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25642 is not well-formed XML.
25643 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25644 and returned as the first element of the list.
25645 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25646
25647 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25648
25649 ;;;***
25650 \f
25651 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025
25652 ;;;;;; 36883))
25653 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25654
25655 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25656 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25657 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25659 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25660
25661 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25662
25663 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25664 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25665 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25666
25667 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25668
25669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25670
25671 ;;;***
25672 \f
25673 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25674 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15407 8860))
25675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25676
25677 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25678 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25679
25680 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25681
25682 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25683 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25684
25685 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25688 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25689 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25690
25691 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25692
25693 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25694 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25695
25696 \(fn)" t nil)
25697
25698 ;;;***
25699 \f
25700 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471))
25701 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25702
25703 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25704 Zone out, completely.
25705
25706 \(fn)" t nil)
25707
25708 ;;;***
25709 \f
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25711 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25713
25714 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25715 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25716
25717 \(fn)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25720 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25721
25722 Zone-mode does two things:
25723
25724 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25725 when saving the file
25726
25727 - fontification
25728
25729 \(fn)" t nil)
25730
25731 ;;;***
25732 \f
25733 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25734 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25735 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25736 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25746 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25747 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25748 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25749 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25752 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
25753 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
25754 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
25755 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25756 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25758 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25760 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25761 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25765 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25766 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25767 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25768 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25769 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25770 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25771 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25772 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25773 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25774 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25775 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25776 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25777 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25778 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25779 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25780 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25781 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25782 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25783 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25784 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25785 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25786 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25787 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25788 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25789 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25790 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25791 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25792 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25793 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25794 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25795 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25796 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25797 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25798 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25799 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25800 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25801 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25802 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25803 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25804 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25805 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25806 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25811 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25812 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25813 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25814 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25815 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25816 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25817 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25818 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25819 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25820 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25821 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25822 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25823 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25824 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25825 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25826 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25827 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25828 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25829 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25830 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25831 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25832 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25833 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25834 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25835 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25836 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25837 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25838 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25839 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25841 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25842 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25843 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25845 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25846 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25847 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25848 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25849 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25850 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25851 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25852 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25853 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25854 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25855 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25856 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25857 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25858 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25859 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25861 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25862 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25863 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16174 63124 427475))
25864
25865 ;;;***
25866 \f
25867 ;;; Local Variables:
25868 ;;; version-control: never
25869 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25870 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25871 ;;; End:
25872 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here